TI TLV320AIC3100

TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Low-Power Audio Codec With Audio Processing and Mono ClassD Amplifier
Check for Samples: TLV320AIC3100
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1
Features
• Stereo Audio DAC With 95-dB SNR
• Mono Audio ADC With 91-dB SNR
• Supports 8-kHz to 192-kHz Separate DAC and
ADC Sample Rates
• Mono Class-D BTL Speaker Driver (2.5 W Into
4 Ω or 1.6 W Into 8 Ω)
• One Differential and Three Single-Ended Inputs
With Mixing and Level Control
• Microphone With Bias, Preamp PGA, and AGC
• Built-In Digital Audio Processing Blocks (PRB)
With User-Programmable Biquad and FIR
Filters
• Digital Mixing Capability
• Programmable Digital Audio Processor for
Bass Boost/Treble/EQ With up to Five Biquads
for Record and up to Six Biquads for Playback
• Pin Control or Register Control for DigitalPlayback Volume-Control Settings
• Digital Sine-Wave Generator for Beep
• Integrated PLL Used for Programmable Digital
Audio Processor
• I2S, Left-Justified, Right-Justified, DSP, and
TDM Audio Interfaces
• I2C Control With Register Auto-Increment
• Full Power-Down Control
• Power Supplies:
– Analog: 2.7 V–3.6 V
– Digital Core: 1.65 V–1.95 V
– Digital I/O: 1.1 V–3.6 V
– Class-D: 2.7 V–5.5 V (SPKVDD ≥ AVDD)
• 5-mm × 5-mm 32-QFN Package
123
1.2
•
•
•
Applications
Portable Audio Devices
Mobile Internet Devices
Adaptive Filtering Applications
1.3
Description
The TLV320AIC3100 is a low-power, highly
integrated, high-performance codec which provides a
stereo audio DAC, a mono audio ADC, and a mono
class-D 4-Ω speaker driver.
The TLV320AIC3100 features a high-performance
audio codec with 24-bit stereo playback and
monaural record functionality. The device integrates
several analog features, such as a microphone
interface, headphone drivers, and speaker drivers.
The TLV320AIC3100 has built-in digital audio
processing blocks (PRB) for both the DAC and ADC
paths. The digital audio data format is programmable
to work with popular audio standard protocols (I2S,
left/right-justified) in master, slave, DSP, and TDM
modes. Bass boost, treble, or EQ can be supported
by the programmable digital signal-processing block.
An on-chip PLL provides the high-speed clock
needed by the digital signal-processing block. The
volume level can be controlled by either pin control or
by register control. The audio functions are controlled
using the I2C serial bus.
The TLV320AIC3100 has a programmable digital
sine-wave generator and is available in a 32-pin QFN
package.
1
2
3
Please be aware that an important notice concerning availability, standard warranty, and use in critical applications of
Texas Instruments semiconductor products and disclaimers thereto appears at the end of this data sheet.
MATLAB is a trademark of The MathWorks, Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
PRODUCTION DATA information is current as of publication date. Products conform to
specifications per the terms of the Texas Instruments standard warranty. Production
processing does not necessarily include testing of all parameters.
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
This integrated circuit can be damaged by ESD. Texas Instruments recommends that all integrated circuits be handled with
appropriate precautions. Failure to observe proper handling and installation procedures can cause damage.
ESD damage can range from subtle performance degradation to complete device failure. Precision integrated circuits may be more
susceptible to damage because very small parametric changes could cause the device not to meet its published specifications.
SPKVDD
SPKVDD
SPKVSS
SPKVSS
HPVDD
HPVSS
AVSS
AVDD
2 V/2.5 V/AVDD
MICBIAS
P1/R33–R34
7-Bit
Vol
ADC
VOL/
MICDET
De-Pop
and
SoftStart
Left and Right VolumeControl Register
Audio Output Stage
Power Management
RC CLK
P0/R116–R117
Analog Attenuation
0 dB to –78 dB and Mute
(0.5-dB Steps / Nonlinear)
P1/R38
MIX_L
Class-D Speaker
Driver
SPKP
SPKP
SPKM
SPKM
P1/R42
GPIO
GPIO1
6 dB to 24 dB (6-dB Steps)
P1/R32
2
I C
SDA
SCL
P1/R30
Analog Attenuation
0 dB to –78 dB and Mute
(0.5-dB Steps / Nonlinear)
P1/R36
MIX_L
Class A/B
Headphone/Lineout
Driver
P1/R40
HPL
0 dB to 9 dB (1-dB Steps)
P1/R41
P1/R31
P1/R44
P1/R37
Note: Normally,
MCLK is PLL input;
however, BCLK,
GPIO1, etc., can
also be PLL input.
MIX_R
HPR
MIX_R
MIX_L
PLL
MCLK
MIC1LP
S
DAC_L
D-S
DAC
S
S
MIC1RP
Digital Vol
24 dB to
Mute
P1/R35
S
DAC_R
D-S
DAC
S
DAC
Processing
Blocks
P0/R63
Digital
Audio
Processing
and
Serial
Interface
S
P0/
R64–R65
P0/R71
P0/R72
Digital
Vol Ctl
Digital Beep
Generator
P1/R47
0 to 59.5 dB
(0.5-dB steps) Mono ADC
MIC1LP
S
MIC1RP
P1/R48
Selectable
Gain/Input
Impedance
DIN
BCLK
P0/R82–R83
Digital Vol
–12..20 dB
Step = 0.5 dB
ADC
Processing
Blocks
VCOM
Selectable
Gain/Input
Impedance
RESET
P0/R86–R93
AGC
S
MIC1LM
Input CM
P1/R50
D-S
ADC
DOUT
WCLK
0 to –63 dB
(1-dB Steps)
OSC
P1/R49
DVDD
RC CLK
DVSS
IOVDD
IOVSS
B0205-08
Figure 1-1. Functional Block Diagram
2
INTRODUCTION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
NOTE
This data manual is designed using PDF document-viewing features that allow quick access
to information. For example, performing a global search on "page 0 / register 27" produces
all references to this page and register in a list. This makes it easy to traverse the list and
find all information related to a page and register. Note that the search string must be of the
indicated format. Also, this document includes document hyperlinks to allow the user to
quickly find a document reference. To come back to the original page, click the green left
arrow near the PDF page number at the bottom of the file. The hot-key for this function is altleft arrow on the keyboard. Another way to find information quickly is to use the PDF
bookmarks.
INTRODUCTION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
3
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
2 PACKAGE AND SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS
2.1
Package/Ordering Information
PRODUCT
PACKAGE
PACKAGE
DESIGNATOR
OPERATING
TEMPERATURE
RANGE
TLV320AIC3100
QFN-32
RHB
–40°C to 85°C
2.2
ORDERING NUMBER
TRANSPORT MEDIA,
QUANTITY
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT
Tape and reel, 250
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR
Tape and reel, 3000
Device Information
SPKVDD
SPKVSS
SPKM
DVSS
AVDD
24
25
SPKP
SPKVDD
SPKVSS
SPKM
RHB Package
(Top View)
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
AVSS
SPKP
26
15
MIC1LM
HPR
30
11
VOL/MICDET
RESET
31
10
SCL
9
SDA
GPIO1
32
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MCLK
MICBIAS
BCLK
12
WCLK
29
DIN
MIC1LP
HPVSS
DOUT
MIC1RP
13
DVDD
14
28
IOVDD
27
IOVSS
HPL
HPVDD
P0048-15
Table 2-1. TERMINAL FUNCTIONS
TERMINAL
I/O
DESCRIPTION
NAME
NO.
AVDD
17
–
Analog power supply
AVSS
16
–
Analog ground
BCLK
7
I/O
DIN
5
I
Audio serial data input
DOUT
4
O
Audio serial data output
DVDD
3
–
Digital power – digital core
DVSS
18
–
Digital ground
GPIO1
32
I/O
General-purpose input/output and multifunction pin
HPL
27
O
Left-channel headphone/line driver output
HPR
30
O
Right-channel headphone/line driver output
HPVDD
28
–
Headphone/line driver and PLL power
HPVSS
29
–
Headphone/line driver and PLL ground
IOVDD
2
–
Interface power
IOVSS
1
–
Interface ground
MCLK
8
I
Exterrnal master clock
MICBIAS
12
O
Micophone bias voltage
4
Audio serial bit clock
PACKAGE AND SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONS
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 2-1. TERMINAL FUNCTIONS (continued)
TERMINAL
NAME
NO.
I/O
DESCRIPTION
MIC1LM
15
I
Microphone/line input routed to M or P input mixer
MIC1LP
13
I
Microphone/line input routed to P input mixer and left output mixer
MIC1RP
14
I
Microphone/line input routed to P input mixer and left/right output mixer
RESET
31
I
Device reset
SCL
10
I/O
I2C control bus clock input
SDA
9
I/O
I2C control bus data input
SPKM
19, 23
O
Class-D speaker driver inverting output
SPKP
22, 26
O
Class-D speaker driver noninverting output
SPKVDD
21
–
Class-D speaker driver power supply
SPKVSS
20
–
Class-D speaker driver power supply ground
SPKVDD
24
–
Class-D speaker driver power supply
SPKVSS
25
–
Class-D speaker driver power supply ground
VOL/MICDET
11
I
Volume control or microphone / headphone / headset detection
WCLK
6
I/O
Audio serial word clock
3 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.1
Absolute Maximum Ratings
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
(1)
VALUE
UNIT
AVDD to AVSS
–0.3 to 3.9
V
DVDD to DVSS
–0.3 to 2.5
V
HPVDD to HPVSS
–0.3 to 3.9
V
SPKVDD to SPKVSS
–0.3 to 6
V
–0.3 to 3.9
V
Digital input voltage
IOVSS – 0.3 to IOVDD + 0.3
V
Analog input voltage
IOVDD to IOVSS
AVSS – 0.3 to AVDD + 0.3
V
Operating temperature range
–40 to 85
°C
Storage temperature range
–55 to 150
°C
105
°C
Junction temperature (TJ Max)
Power dissipation
QFN package
(1)
RθJA thermal impedance (with thermal pad soldered to board)
(TJ Max – TA)/RθJA
W
35
°C/W
Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings
only, and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated under Recommended Operating
Conditions is not implied. Exposure to absolute-maximum-rated conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
Table 3-1. System Thermal Characteristics (1)
(1)
Power Rating at 25°C
Derating Factor
Power Rating at 70°C
Power Rating at 85°C
2.3 W
28.57 mW/°C
1W
0.6 W
This data was taken using 2-oz. (0.071-mm thick) trace and copper pad that is soldered to a JEDEC high-K, standard 4-layer 3-in. × 3in. (7.62-cm × 7.62-cm) PCB.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
5
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
3.2
www.ti.com
Recommended Operating Conditions
over operating free-air temperature range (unless otherwise noted)
MIN
NOM
(2)
2.7
3.3
3.6
Referenced to DVSS(2)
1.65
1.8
1.95
Referenced to HPVSS(2)
2.7
3.3
3.6
SPKVDD (1)
Referenced to SPKVSS(2)
2.7
IOVDD
Referenced to IOVSS(2)
1.1
AVDD
(1)
Referenced to AVSS
DVDD
HPVDD
VI
MCLK
fSCL
TA
(1)
(2)
(3)
3.3
(3)
Power-supply voltage range
Speaker impedance
Resistance applied across class-D output pins
(BTL)
Headphone impedance
AC-coupled to RL
Analog audio full-scale input
voltage
AVDD = 3.3 V, single-ended
Stereo line output load
impedance
AC-coupled to RL
Master clock frequency
IOVDD = 3.3 V
MAX
V
5.5
3.3
3.6
4
Ω
16
Ω
0.707
VRMS
10
SCL clock frequency
Operating free-air temperature
UNIT
–40
kΩ
50
MHz
400
kHz
85
°C
To minimize battery-current leakage, the SPKVDD voltage level should not be below the AVDD voltage level.
All grounds on board are tied together, so they should not differ in voltage by more than 0.2 V maximum for any combination of ground
signals. By use of a wide trace or ground plane, ensure a low-impedance connection between HPVSS and DVSS.
The maximum input frequency should be 50 MHz for any digital pin used as a general-purpose clock.
Electrical Characteristics
At 25°C, AVDD = HPVDD = IOVDD = 3.3 V, SPKVDD = 3.6 V, DVDD = 1.8 V, fS (audio) = 48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 ×
fS, PLL = Off, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
INTERNAL OSCILLATOR—RC_CLK
Oscillator frequency
8.2
MHz
VOLUME CONTROL PIN (ADC); VOL/MICDET PIN ENABLED
Input voltage range
VOL/MICDET pin configured as volume control
(page 0 / register 116, bit D7 = 1 and page 0 /
register 67, bit D7 = 0)
Input capacitance
2
Volume control steps
6
0.5 ×
AVDD
0
128
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
V
pF
Steps
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Electrical Characteristics (continued)
At 25°C, AVDD = HPVDD = IOVDD = 3.3 V, SPKVDD = 3.6 V, DVDD = 1.8 V, fS (audio) = 48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 ×
fS, PLL = Off, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
AUDIO ADC
Microphone Input to ADC, 984-Hz Sine-Wave Input, fS = 48 kHz, AGC = OFF
Input signal level (0-dB)
MIC with R1 = 20 kΩ (page 1 / register 48 and
page 1 / register 49, bits D7–D6)
Signal-to-noise ratio
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input ac-shorted to
ground; measured as idle-channel noise,
A-weighted (1) (2)
Dynamic range
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –60dBFS input applied, referenced to 0.707-Vrms input,
A-weighted (1) (2)
THD+N
Total harmonic distortion +
noise
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –2
dBFS input applied, referenced to 0.707 Vrms input
–85
THD
Total harmonic distortion
fS = 48 kHz, 0-dB PGA gain, MIC input 1 kHz at –2
dBFS input applied, referenced to 0.707 Vrms input
–91
dB
Input capacitance
MIC input
2
pF
SNR
0.707
80
VRMS
91
dB
91
dB
–70
dB
Microphone Bias
Voltage output
Voltage regulation
Page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0 = 10
2.25
2.5
Page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0 = 01
2
At 4-mA load current, page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0
= 10 (MICBIAS = 2.5 V)
5
At 4-mA load current, page 1 / register 46, bits D1–D0
= 01 (MICBIAS = 2 V)
7
2.75
V
mV
Audio ADC Digital Decimation Filter Characteristics
See Section 5.4.4.4 for audio ADC decimation filter characteristics.
AUDIO DAC
DAC Headphone Output, AC-Coupled Load = 16 Ω (Single-Ended),
Driver Gain = 0 dB, Parasitic Capacitance = 30 pF
Full-scale output voltage (0
dB)
Output common-mode setting = 1.65 V
SNR
Signal-to-noise ratio
Measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted (1)
THD
Total harmonic distortion
0-dBFS input
–85
–65
dB
THD+N
Total harmonic distortion +
noise
0-dBFS input
–82
–60
dB
87
dB
Ripple on HPVDD (3.3 V) = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz
–62
dB
0.707
(2)
Mute attenuation
PSRR
PO
Power-supply rejection ratio (3)
Maximum output power
80
Vrms
95
RL = 32 Ω, THD+N ≤ –60 dB
20
RL = 16 Ω, THD+N ≤ –60 dB
60
dB
mW
DAC Lineout (HP Driver in Lineout Mode)
SNR
Signal-to-noise ratio
Measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted
95
dB
THD
Total harmonic distortion
0-dBFS input, 0-dB gain
–86
dB
THD+N
Total harmonic distortion +
noise
0-dBFS input, 0-dB gain
–83
dB
DAC Digital Interpolation Filter Characteristics
See Section 5.5.1.4 for DAC interpolation filter characteristics.
(1)
(2)
(3)
Ratio of output level with 1-kHz full-scale sine-wave input, to the output level with the inputs short-circuited, measured A-weighted over a
20-Hz to 20-kHz bandwidth using an audio analyzer.
All performance measurements done with 20-kHz low-pass filter and, where noted, A-weighted filter. Failure to use such a filter may
result in higher THD+N and lower SNR and dynamic range readings than shown in the Electrical Characteristics. The low-pass filter
removes out-of-band noise, which, although not audible, may affect dynamic specification values.
DAC to headphone-out PSRR measurement is calculated as PSRR = 20 × log(ΔVHPL / ΔVHPVDD).
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
7
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Electrical Characteristics (continued)
At 25°C, AVDD = HPVDD = IOVDD = 3.3 V, SPKVDD = 3.6 V, DVDD = 1.8 V, fS (audio) = 48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 ×
fS, PLL = Off, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
DAC Output to Class-D Speaker Output; Load = 4 Ω (Differential), 50 pF
SPKVDD 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC
input = 0 dBFS, class-D gain = 6 dB, THD ≤ –16.5 dB
2.3
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
DAC input = –2 dBFS, class-D gain = 6 dB, THD ≤
–20 dB
2.1
Output, common-mode
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC input =
mute, class-D gain = 6 dB
1.8
V
SNR
Signal-to-noise ratio
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, class-D gain =
6 dB, measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted
(with respect to full-scale output value of 2.3 Vrms)
88
dB
THD
Total harmonic distortion
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D gain = 6 dB
–65
dB
THD+N
Total harmonic distortion +
noise
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8V,
DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D gain = 6dB
–63
dB
PSRR
Power-supply rejection ratio
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, ripple on
SPKVDD = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz
–44
dB
110
dB
Output voltage
Mute attenuation
PO
Maximum output power
Vrms
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%
1
SPKVDD = 4.3 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%
1.5
SPKVDD = 5.5 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%
2.5
W
DAC Output to Class-D Speaker Output; Load = 8 Ω (Differential), 50 pF
SPKVDD 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V, DAC
input = 0 dBFS, class-D gain = 6 dB, THD ≤ –16.5 dB
2.2
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
DAC input = –2 dBFS, class-D gain = 6 dB, THD ≤
–20 dB
2.1
Output, common-mode
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, DAC input =
mute, class-D gain = 6 dB
1.8
V
SNR
Signal-to-noise ratio
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, class-D gain =
6 dB, measured as idle-channel noise, A-weighted
(with respect to full-scale output value of 2.2 Vrms)
87
dB
THD
Total harmonic distortion
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D gain = 6 dB
–67
dB
THD+N
Total harmonic distortion +
noise
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
DAC input = –6 dBFS, class-D gain = 6dB
–66
dB
PSRR
Power-supply rejection ratio (1)
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, ripple on
SPKVDD = 200 mVp-p at 1 kHz
–44
dB
110
dB
Output voltage
Mute attenuation
PO
Maximum output power
Output-stage leakage current
for direct battery connection
(1)
8
Vrms
SPKVDD = 3.6 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%
0.7
SPKVDD = 4.3 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%
1
SPKVDD = 5.5 V, BTL measurement, CM = 1.8 V,
class-D gain = 18 dB, THD = 10%
1.6
SPKVDD = 4.3 V, device is powered down (powerup-reset condition)
80
W
nA
DAC to speaker-out PSRR is a differential measurement and is calculated as PSRR = 20 × log(ΔVSPK(P + M) / ΔVSPKVDD).
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Electrical Characteristics (continued)
At 25°C, AVDD = HPVDD = IOVDD = 3.3 V, SPKVDD = 3.6 V, DVDD = 1.8 V, fS (audio) = 48 kHz, CODEC_CLKIN = 256 ×
fS, PLL = Off, VOL/MICDET pin disabled (unless otherwise noted)
PARAMETER
TEST CONDITIONS
MIN
TYP
MAX
UNIT
DAC POWER CONSUMPTION
DAC power consumption is based on selected processing block, see Section 5.3.
DIGITAL INPUT/OUTPUT
Logic family
VIH
VIL
Logic level
CMOS
IIH = 5 μA, IOVDD ≥ 1.6 V
0.7 ×
IOVDD
IIH = 5 μA, IOVDD < 1.6 V
IOVDD
IIL = 5 μA, IOVDD ≥ 1.6 V
–0.3
V
0.3 ×
IOVDD
IIL = 5 μA, IOVDD < 1.6 V
VOH
IOH = 2 TTL loads
VOL
IOL = 2 TTL loads
Capacitive load
0.8 ×
IOVDD
V
0.1 ×
IOVDD
10
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
V
0
V
pF
9
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
3.4
3.4.1
www.ti.com
Timing Characteristics
I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Master Mode
All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V
Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.
WCLK
tr
td(WS)
BCLK
td(DO-WS)
tf
td(DO-BCLK)
DOUT
tS(DI)
th(DI)
DIN
T0145-08
PARAMETER
td(WS)
td(DO-WS)
td(DO-BCLK)
ts(DI)
th(DI)
tr
tf
WCLK delay
WCLK to DOUT delay (for LJF mode only)
BCLK to DOUT delay
DIN setup
DIN hold
Rise time
Fall time
IOVDD = 1.1 V
MIN
MAX
45
45
45
8
8
25
25
IOVDD = 3.3 V
MIN
MAX
20
20
20
6
6
10
10
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Figure 3-1. I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Master Mode
10
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
3.4.2
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Slave Mode
All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V
Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.
WCLK
tr
th(WS)
tS(WS)
tH(BCLK)
BCLK
td(DO-WS)
tL(BCLK)
tf
td(DO-BCLK)
DOUT
tS(DI)
th(DI)
DIN
T0145-09
PARAMETER
tH(BCLK)
tL(BCLK)
ts(WS)
th(WS)
td(DO-WS)
td(DO-BCLK)
ts(DI)
th(DI)
tr
tf
BCLK high period
BCLK low period
WCLK setup
WCLK hold
WCLK to DOUT delay (for LJF mode only)
BCLK to DOUT delay
DIN setup
DIN hold
Rise time
Fall time
IOVDD = 1.1 V
MIN
MAX
35
35
8
8
45
45
8
8
4
4
IOVDD = 3.3 V
MIN
MAX
35
35
6
6
20
20
6
6
4
4
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Figure 3-2. I2S/LJF/RJF Timing in Slave Mode
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
11
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
3.4.3
www.ti.com
DSP Timing in Master Mode
All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V
Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.
WCLK
td(WS)
td(WS)
tf
BCLK
tr
td(DO-BCLK)
DOUT
tS(DI)
th(DI)
DIN
T0146-07
PARAMETER
td(WS)
td(DO-BCLK)
ts(DI)
th(DI)
tr
tf
WCLK delay
BCLK to DOUT delay
DIN setup
DIN hold
Rise time
Fall time
IOVDD = 1.1 V
MIN
MAX
45
45
8
8
25
25
IOVDD = 3.3 V
MIN
MAX
20
20
8
8
10
10
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Figure 3-3. DSP Timing in Master Mode
12
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
3.4.4
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
DSP Timing in Slave Mode
All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V
Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.
WCLK
tS(WS)
tS(WS)
th(WS)
th(WS)
tf
tL(BCLK)
BCLK
tr
td(DO-BCLK)
tH(BCLK)
DOUT
tS(DI)
th(DI)
DIN
T0146-08
PARAMETER
tH(BCLK)
tL(BCLK)
ts(WS)
th(WS)
td(DO-BCLK)
ts(DI)
th(DI)
tr
tf
BCLK high period
BCLK low period
WCLK setup
WCLK hold
BCLK to DOUT delay
DIN setup
DIN hold
Rise time
Fall time
IOVDD = 1.1 V
MIN
MAX
35
35
8
8
45
8
8
4
4
IOVDD = 3.3 V
MIN
MAX
35
35
8
8
20
8
8
4
4
UNIT
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
ns
Figure 3-4. DSP Timing in Slave Mode
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
13
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
3.4.5
www.ti.com
I2C Interface Timing
All specifications at 25°C, DVDD = 1.8 V
Note: All timing specifications are measured at characterization but not tested at final test.
SDA
tBUF
tLOW
tr
tHIGH
tf
tHD;STA
SCL
tHD;STA
tSU;DAT
tHD;DAT
STO
tSU;STO
tSU;STA
STA
STA
STO
T0295-02
PARAMETER
fSCL
tHD;STA
tLOW
tHIGH
tSU;STA
tHD;DAT
tSU;DAT
tr
tf
tSU;STO
tBUF
Cb
SCL clock frequency
Hold time (repeated) START condition.
After this period, the first clock pulse is
generated.
LOW period of the SCL clock
HIGH period of the SCL clock
Setup time for a repeated START
condition
Data hold time: for I2C bus devices
Data set-up time
SDA and SCL rise time
SDA and SCL fall time
Setup time for STOP condition
Bus free time between a STOP and
START condition
Capacitive load for each bus line
Standard Mode
MIN
TYP
0
MAX
100
Fast Mode
MIN
TYP
0
MAX
400
UNIT
kHz
4
0.8
μs
4.7
4
1.3
0.6
μs
μs
4.7
0.8
μs
0
250
3.45
4
0
100
20 + 0.1 Cb
20 + 0.1 Cb
0.8
4.7
1.3
1000
300
400
0.9
300
300
μs
ns
ns
ns
μs
μs
400
pF
Figure 3-5. I2C Interface Timing
14
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
4 TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
4.1
Audio ADC Performance
Added Text for Spacing
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
20
20
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
−20
−20
−40
−40
Amplitude − dBFS
Amplitude − dBFS
0
−60
−80
−100
−60
−80
−100
−120
−120
−140
−140
−160
−160
0
5
10
15
20
0
5
f − Frequency − kHz
10
15
G001
G002
Figure 4-1. FFT – ADC Idle Channel Differential
Added Text for Spacing
Figure 4-2. FFT – ADC Single-Ended Input
Added Text for Spacing
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
20
20
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
−20
−20
−40
−40
Amplitude − dBFS
Amplitude − dBFS
20
f − Frequency − kHz
−60
−80
−100
−60
−80
−100
−120
−120
−140
−140
−160
−160
0
5
10
15
20
0
f − Frequency − kHz
5
10
15
20
f − Frequency − kHz
G003
Figure 4-3. FFT – ADC Differential Input
G004
Figure 4-4. FFT – ADC Idle Channel, Single-Ended
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
15
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
SNR
vs
PGA CHANNEL GAIN
0
100
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
−10
Diff = 10k
90
−30
85
−40
80
SNR − dB
Amplitude − dBFS
−20
95
−50
−60
SE = 10k
70
65
−80
60
−90
55
0
50
100
150
Diff = 40k
75
−70
−100
Diff = 20k
SE = 20k
SE = 40k
50
−10
200
0
10
f − Frequency − kHz
G005
40
50
60
70
80
G006
Figure 4-6.
DAC Performance
Added Text for Spacing
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
20
20
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
−20
−20
−40
−40
Amplitude − dBFS
Amplitude − dBFS
30
Channel Gain − dB
Figure 4-5. Frequency Response, Audio ADC
Channel
4.2
20
−60
−80
−100
−60
−80
−100
−120
−120
−140
−140
−160
−160
0
5
10
15
20
0
f − Frequency − kHz
5
10
15
20
f − Frequency − kHz
G007
Figure 4-7. FFT – DAC to Line Output
16
G008
Figure 4-8. FFT – DAC to Headphone Output
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE
vs
OUTPUT POWER
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB
0
HPVDD = 2.7 V
CM = 1.35 V
−10
−20
−30
−40
HPVDD = 3 V
CM = 1.5 V
−50
HPVDD = 3.3 V
CM = 1.65 V
−60
HPVDD = 3.6 V
CM = 1.8 V
−70
IOVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
Driver Gain = 9 dB
RL = 16 Ω
−80
−90
−100
0.00
0.02
0.04
0.06
0.08
0.10
0.12
PO − Output Power − W
0.14
G009
Figure 4-9. Headphone Output Power
4.3
Class-D Speaker Driver Performance
Added Text for Spacing
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE
vs
OUTPUT POWER
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE
vs
OUTPUT POWER
−10
−20
0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 3.3 V
SPKVDD = 5.5 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
RL = 4 Ω
Driver Gain
= 24 dB
−30
Driver Gain
= 18 dB
−40
Driver Gain
= 12 dB
−50
Driver Gain
= 6 dB
−60
−70
0.0
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB
0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
PO − Output Power − W
3.5
4.0
SPKVDD = 3.3 V
−10
−20
SPKVDD = 3.6 V
−30
SPKVDD = 4.3 V
SPKVDD = 5.5 V
−40
AVDD = 3.3 V
HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
Driver Gain = 18 dB
RL = 4 Ω
−50
−60
−70
0.0
0.5
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
PO − Output Power − W
G010
Figure 4-10. Max Class-D Speaker-Driver Output
Power (RL = 4 Ω)
1.0
4.0
G011
Figure 4-11. Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power
(RL = 4 Ω)
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
17
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE
vs
OUTPUT POWER
TOTAL HARMONIC DISTORTION + NOISE
vs
OUTPUT POWER
0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 3.3 V
SPKVDD = 5.5 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
RL = 8 Ω
−10
−20
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB
THD+N − Total Harmonic Distortion + Noise − dB
0
Driver Gain
= 18 dB
−30
Driver Gain
= 24 dB
−40
Driver Gain
= 12 dB
−50
Driver Gain
= 6 dB
−60
−70
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
PO − Output Power − W
−10
−20
SPKVDD = 3.6 V
−30
SPKVDD = 4.3 V
SPKVDD = 5.5 V
−40
AVDD = 3.3 V
HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
Driver Gain = 18 dB
RL = 8 Ω
−50
−60
−70
0.0
2.5
0.5
1.0
2.5
3.0
G013
Analog Bypass Performance
Added Text for Spacing
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
20
20
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
AVDD = HPVDD = 3.3 V
IOVDD = SPKVDD = 3.3 V
DVDD = 1.8 V
0
−20
−20
−40
−40
Amplitude − dBFS
Amplitude − dBFS
2.0
Figure 4-13. Class-D Speaker-Driver Output Power
(RL = 8 Ω)
AMPLITUDE
vs
FREQUENCY
−60
−80
−100
−60
−80
−100
−120
−120
−140
−140
−160
−160
0
5
10
15
20
0
f − Frequency − kHz
5
10
15
20
f − Frequency − kHz
G014
Figure 4-14. FFT – Line-In Bypass to Line Output
18
1.5
PO − Output Power − W
G012
Figure 4-12. Max Class-D Speaker-Driver Output
Power (RL = 8 Ω)
4.4
SPKVDD = 3.3 V
G015
Figure 4-15. FFT – Line-In Bypass to Headphone
Output
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
4.5
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
MICBIAS Performance
Added Text for Spacing
VOLTAGE
vs
CURRENT
3.5
3.0
Micbias = AVDD (3.3 V)
V − Voltage − V
2.5
Micbias = 2.5 V
2.0
Micbias = 2 V
1.5
1.0
0.5
0.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
I − Current − mA
G016
Figure 4-16. MICBIAS
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
19
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
5 APPLICATION INFORMATION
Typical Circuit Configuration
+3.3VA
SVDD
0.1 mF
22 mF
0.1 mF
SPKVDD SPKVDD
4W
22 mF
0.1 mF
SPKVSS SPKVSS
0.1 mF
10 mF
HPVDD AVDD
SPKP
SPKP
SPKM
SPKM
10 mF
AVSS
HPVSS
GPIO1
SDA
VOL/MICDET
SCL
2.2 kW
MICBIAS
0.1 mF
MCLK
MIC1RP
47 mF
HPLOUT
Headset
DOUT
47 mF
WCLK
HPROUT
HOST PROCESSOR
5.1
DIN
BCLK
1 mF
Analog_In1
MIC1LP
RESET
1 mF
Analog_In2
MIC1LM
DVDD
DVSS
+1.8VD
0.1 mF
IOVDD
IOVSS
IOVDD
10 mF
0.1 mF
10 mF
S0400-07
Figure 5-1. Typical Circuit Configuration
5.2
Overview
The TLV320AIC3100 is a highly integrated stereo audio DAC and monaural ADC for portable computing,
communication, and entertainment applications. A register-based architecture eases integration with
microprocessor-based systems through standard serial-interface buses. This device supports the two-wire
I2C bus interface, which provides full register access. All peripheral functions are controlled through these
registers and the onboard state machines.
The TLV320AIC3100 consists of the following blocks:
• Microphone interfaces (analog and digital)
• Audio codec (mono ADC and stereo DAC)
• AGC and DRC
• Two digital signal-processing blocks (record and playback paths)
• Digital sine-wave generator for beep
20
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Stereo headphone/lineout amplifier
Class-D mono amplifier able to drive a 4-Ω speaker
Pin-controlled or register-controlled volume level
Power-down de-pop and power-up soft start
Analog inputs
I2C control interface
Power-down control block
Following a toggle of the RESET pin or a software reset, the device operates in the default mode. The I2C
interface is used to write to the control registers to configure the device.
The I2C address assigned to the TLV320AIC3100 is 001 1000. This device always operates in an I2C
slave mode. All registers are 8-bit, and all writable registers have read-back capability. The device autoincrements to support sequential addressing and can be used with I2C fast mode. Once the device is
reset, all appropriate registers are updated by the host processor to configure the device as needed by the
user.
5.2.1
Device Initialization
5.2.1.1
Reset
The TLV320AIC3100 internal logic must be initialized to a known condition for proper device function. To
initialize the device to its default operating condition, the hardware reset pin (RESET) must be pulled low
for at least 10 ns. For this initialization to work, both the IOVDD and DVDD supplies must be powered up.
It is recommended that while the DVDD supply is being powered up, the RESET pin be pulled low.
The device can also be reset via software reset. Writing a 1 into page 0 / register 1, bit D0 resets the
device.
5.2.1.2
Device Start-Up Lockout Times
After the TLV320AIC3100 is initialized through hardware reset at power-up or software reset, the internal
memories are initialized to default values. This initialization takes place within 1 ms after pulling the
RESET signal high. During this initialization phase, no register-read or register-write operation should be
performed on ADC or DAC coefficient buffers. Also, no block within the codec should be powered up
during the initialization phase.
5.2.1.3
PLL Start-Up
Whenever the PLL is powered up, a start-up delay of approximately of 10 ms occurs after the power-up
command of the PLL and before the clocks are available to the codec. This delay is to ensure stable
operation of the PLL and clock-divider logic.
5.2.1.4
Power-Stage Reset
The power-stage-only reset is used to reset the device after an overcurrent latching shutdown has
occurred. Using this reset re-enables the output stage without resetting all of the registers in the device.
Each of the four power stages has its own dedicated reset bit. The headphone power-stage reset is
performed by setting page 1 / register 31, bit D7 for HPL and by setting page 1 / register 31, bit D6 for
HPR. The speaker power-stage reset is performed by setting page 1 / register 32, bit D7 for SPKP and
SPKM.
5.2.1.5
Software Power Down
By default, all circuit blocks are powered down following a reset condition. Hardware power up of each
circuit block can be controlled by writing to the appropriate control register. This approach allows the
lowest power-supply current for the functionality required. However, when a block is powered down, all of
the register settings are maintained as long as power is still being applied to the device.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
21
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.2.2
www.ti.com
Audio Analog I/O
The TLV320AIC3100 has a stereo audio DAC and a monaural ADC. It supports a wide range of analog
interfaces to support different headsets and analog outputs. The TLV320AIC3100 has features to interface
output drivers (8-Ω, 16-Ω, 32-Ω) and a microphone PGA with AGC control. A special circuit has also been
included in the TLV320AIC3100 to insert a short key-click sound into the stereo audio output. The keyclick sound is used to provide feedback to the user when a particular button is pressed or item is selected.
The specific sound of the keyclick can be adjusted by varying several register bits that control its
frequency, duration, and amplitude. See Key-Click Functionality With Digital Sine-Wave Generator,
Section 5.5.7.
5.3
Digital Processing Low-Power Modes
The TLV320AIC3100 device can be tuned to minimize power dissipation, to maximize performance, or to
an operating point between the two extremes to best fit the application. The choice of processing blocks,
PRB_P1 to PRB_P25 for stereo playback and PRB_R4 to PRB_R18 for mono recording, also influences
the power consumption. In fact, the numerous processing blocks have been implemented to offer a choice
among configurations having a different balance of power optimization and signal-processing capabilities.
22
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
5.3.1
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
ADC, Mono, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V
AOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_R4 (Decimation Filter A)
Power consumption = 9.01 mW
Table 5-1. PRB_R4 Alternative Processing Blocks, 9.01 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_R5
A
0.23
PRB_R6
A
0.22
AOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_R11 (Decimation Filter B)
Power consumption = 7.99 mW
Table 5-2. PRB_R11 Alternative Processing Blocks, 7.99 mW
5.3.2
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_R4
A
0.43
PRB_R5
A
0.67
PRB_R6
A
0.66
PRB_R10
B
–0.14
PRB_R12
B
0.04
ADC, Mono, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V
AOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_R4 (Decimation Filter A)
Power consumption = 6.77 mW
Table 5-3. PRB_R4 Alternative Processing Blocks, 6.77 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_R5
A
0.03
PRB_R6
A
0.03
AOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_R11 (Decimation Filter B)
Power consumption = 6.61 mW
Table 5-4. PRB_R11 Alternative Processing Blocks, 6.61 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_R4
A
0.07
PRB_R5
A
0.11
PRB_R6
A
0.11
PRB_R10
B
–0.02
PRB_R12
B
0.01
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
23
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.3.3
www.ti.com
DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 24.28 mW
Table 5-5. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 24.28 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P1
A
1.34
PRB_P2
A
2.86
PRB_P3
A
2.11
PRB_P8
B
1.18
PRB_P9
B
0.53
PRB_P10
B
1.89
PRB_P11
B
0.87
PRB_P23
A
1.48
PRB_P24
A
2.89
PRB_P25
A
3.23
DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 24.5 mW
Table 5-6. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 24.5 mW
5.3.4
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P1
A
1.17
PRB_P2
A
2.62
PRB_P3
A
2
PRB_P8
B
0.99
PRB_P9
B
0.5
PRB_P10
B
1.46
PRB_P11
B
0.66
PRB_P23
A
1.43
PRB_P24
A
2.69
PRB_P25
A
2.92
DAC Playback on Headphones, Mono, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 128, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 15.4 mW
Table 5-7. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 15.4 mW
24
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P4
A
0.57
PRB_P5
A
1.48
PRB_P6
A
1.08
PRB_P13
B
0.56
PRB_P14
B
0.27
PRB_P15
B
0.89
PRB_P16
B
0.31
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 15.54 mW
Table 5-8. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 15.54 mW
5.3.5
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P4
A
0.37
PRB_P5
A
1.23
PRB_P6
A
1.15
PRB_P13
B
0.43
PRB_P14
B
0.13
PRB_P15
B
0.85
PRB_P16
B
0.21
DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 768, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 22.44 mW
Table 5-9. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 22.44 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P1
A
0.02
PRB_P2
A
0.31
PRB_P3
A
0.23
PRB_P8
B
0.28
PRB_P9
B
–0.03
PRB_P10
B
0.14
PRB_P11
B
0.05
PRB_P23
A
0.29
PRB_P24
A
0.26
PRB_P25
A
0.47
DOSR = 384, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 22.83 mW
Table 5-10. PRB_P7 Alternative Processing Blocks, 22.83 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P1
A
0.27
PRB_P2
A
0.4
PRB_P3
A
0.34
PRB_P8
B
0.2
PRB_P9
B
0.08
PRB_P10
B
0.24
PRB_P11
B
0.12
PRB_P23
A
0.23
PRB_P24
A
0.42
PRB_P25
A
0.46
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
25
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.3.6
www.ti.com
DAC Playback on Headphones, Mono, 8 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 768, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 14.49 mW
Table 5-11. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 14.49 mW
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P4
A
–0.04
PRB_P5
A
0.2
PRB_P6
A
–0.01
PRB_P13
B
0.1
PRB_P14
B
0.05
PRB_P15
B
–0.03
PRB_P16
B
0.07
DOSR = 384, Processing Block = PRB_P12 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 14.42 mW
Table 5-12. PRB_P12 Alternative Processing Blocks, 14.42 mW
5.3.7
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P4
A
0.16
PRB_P5
A
0.3
PRB_P6
A
0.2
PRB_P13
B
0.15
PRB_P14
B
0.07
PRB_P15
B
0.18
PRB_P16
B
0.09
DAC Playback on Headphones, Stereo, 192 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3.3 V,
HPVDD = 3.3 V
DOSR = 32, Processing Block = PRB_P17 (Interpolation Filter C)
Power consumption = 27.05 mW
Table 5-13. PRB_P17 Alternative Processing Blocks, 27.05 mW
5.3.8
Processing Block
Filter
Estimated Power Change (mW)
PRB_P18
C
5.28
PRB_P19
C
1.98
DAC Playback on Line Out (10 k-Ω load), Stereo, 48 kHz, DVDD = 1.8 V, AVDD = 3 V,
HPVDD = 3 V
DOSR = 64, Processing Block = PRB_P7 (Interpolation Filter B)
Power consumption = 12.85 mW
26
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
5.4
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Audio ADC and Analog Inputs
5.4.1
MICBIAS and Microphone Preamplifier
The TLV320AIC3100 includes a microphone bias circuit which can source up to 4 mA of current and is
programmable to a 2-V, 2.5-V, or AVDD level. The level can be controlled by writing to page 1 /
register 46, bits D1–D0. This functionality is shown in Table 5-14.
Table 5-14. MICBIAS Settings
D1
D0
0
0
MICBIAS output is powered down.
FUNCTIONALITY
0
1
MICBIAS output is powered to 2 V.
1
0
MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5 V.
1
1
MICBIAS output is powered to AVDD.
During normal operation, MICBIAS can be set to 2.5 V for better performance. However, depending on the
model of microphone that is selected, optimal performance might be obtained at another setting, so the
performance at a given setting should be verified.
The lowest current consumption occurs when MICBIAS is powered down. The next-lowest current
consumption occurs when MICBIAS is set at AVDD.
Because of the oversampling nature of the audio ADC and the integrated digital decimation filtering,
requirements for analog anti-aliasing filtering are very relaxed. The TLV320AIC3100 integrates a secondorder analog anti-aliasing filter with 20-dB attenuation at 1 MHz. This filter, combined with the digital
decimal filter, provides sufficient anti-aliasing filtering without requiring any external components.
The MIC PGA supports analog gain control from from 0 dB to 59.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB. These gain
levels can be controlled by writing to page 1 / register 47, bits D6–D0. The PGA gain changes are
implemented with internal soft-stepping. This soft-stepping ensures that volume-control changes occur
smoothly with no audible artifacts. On reset, the MIC PGA gain defaults to a mute condition, with softstepping enabled. The ADC soft-stepping control can be enabled or disabled by writing to page 0 /
register 81, bits D1–D0. ADC soft-stepping timing is provided by the internal oscillator and internal divider
logic block.
The input feed-forward resistance for the MIC1LP input of the microphone PGA stage has three settings,
10 kΩ, 20 kΩ, and 40 kΩ, which are controlled by writing to page 1 / register 48, bits D7 and D6. The input
feed-forward resistance value selected affects the gain of the microphone PGA. The ADC PGA gain for
the MIC1LP input depends on the setting of page 1 / register 48 and page 1 / register 49, bits D7–D6. If
D7–D6 are set to 01, then the ADC PGA has 6 dB more gain with respect to the value programmed using
page 1 / register 47. If D7–D6 are set to 10, then the ADC PGA has the same gain as programmed using
page 1 / register 47. If D7–D6 are set to 11, then the ADC PGA has 6 dB less gain with respect to the
value programmed using page 1 / register 47. The same gain scaling is also valid for the MIC1RP and
MIC1LM inputs, based on the feed-forward resistance selected using page 1 / register 48, bits D5–D2.
Table 5-15. PGA Gain Versus Input Impedance
EFFECTIVE GAIN APPLIED BY PGA
Page 1 Reg 47
D6–D0
Single-Ended
Differential
RIN = 10 kΩ
RIN = 20 kΩ
RIN = 40 kΩ
RIN = 10 kΩ
RIN = 20 kΩ
000 0000
6 dB
0 dB
–6 dB
12 dB
6 dB
RIN = 40 kΩ
0 dB
000 0001
6.5 dB
0.5 dB
–5.5 dB
12.5 dB
6.5 dB
0.5 dB
000 0010
7 dB
1 dB
–5 dB
13 dB
7 dB
1 dB
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
27
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
The MIC PGA gain can be controlled either by an AGC loop or as a fixed gain. See Figure 1-1 for the
various analog input routings to the MIC PGA that are supported in the single-ended and differential
configurations. The AGC can be enabled by writing to page 0 / register 86, bit D7. If the AGC is not
enabled, then setting a fixed gain is done by writing to page 1 / register 47, bits D6–D0. Because the
TLV320AIC3100 supports soft-stepping gain changes, a read-only flag on page 0 / register 36, bit D7 is
set whenever the gain applied by PGA equals the desired value set by the gain register. The MIC PGA
can be enabled by writing to page 1 / register 47, bit D7. ADC muting can be done by writing to page 0 /
register 82, bit D7 and page 1 / register 47, bit D7. Disabling the MIC PGA sets the gain to 0 dB. Muting
the ADC causes the digital output to mute so that the output value remains fixed. When soft-stepping is
enabled, the CODEC_CLKIN signal must stay active until after the ADC power-down register is written, in
order to ensure that soft-stepping to mute has had time to complete. When the ADC POWER UP flag is
no longer set, the CODEC_CLKIN signal can be shut down.
5.4.2
Automatic Gain Control (AGC)
The TLV320AIC3100 includes automatic gain control (AGC) for the microphone inputs. AGC can be used
to maintain nominally constant output-signal amplitude when recording speech signals. This circuitry
automatically adjusts the MIC PGA gain as the input signal becomes overly loud or very weak, such as
when a person speaking into a microphone moves closer to or farther from the microphone. The AGC
algorithm has several programmable settings, including target gain, attack and decay time constants,
noise threshold, and maximum PGA applicable, that allow the algorithm to be fine-tuned for any particular
application. The algorithm uses the absolute average of the signal (which is the average of the absolute
value of the signal) as a measure of the nominal amplitude of the output signal. Because the gain can be
changed at the sample interval time, the AGC algorithm operates at the ADC_fS clock rate.
Target level represents the nominal output level at which the AGC attempts to hold the ADC output
signal. The TLV320AIC3100 allows programming of eight different target levels, which can be
programmed from –5.5 dB to –24 dB relative to a full-scale signal. Because the TLV320AIC3100 reacts to
the signal absolute average and not to peak levels, it is recommended that the target level be set with
enough margin to avoid clipping at the occurrence of loud sounds.
An AGC low-pass filter is used to help determine the average level of the input signal. This average level
is compared to the programmed detection levels in the AGC to provide the correct functionality. This lowpass filter is in the form of a first-order IIR filter. Programming this filter is done by writing to page 4 /
register 2 through page 4 / register 7. Two 8-bit registers are used to form the 16-bit digital coefficient as
shown on the register map. In this way, a total of six registers are programmed to form the three IIR
coefficients.
Attack time determines how quickly the AGC circuitry reduces the PGA gain when the input signal is too
loud. Programming the attack time is done by writing to page 0 / register 89, bits D7–D0.
Decay time determines how quickly the PGA gain is increased when the input signal is too low.
Programming the decay time is done by writing to page 0 / register 90, bits D7–D0.
Noise threshold is a reference level. If the input speech average value falls below the noise threshold,
the AGC considers it as a silence and hence brings down the gain to 0 dB in steps of 0.5 dB every sample
period and sets the noise-threshold flag. The gain stays at 0 dB unless the input speech signal average
rises above the noise-threshold setting. This ensures that noise is not amplified in the absence of speech.
The noise-threshold level in the AGC algorithm is programmable from –30 dB to –90 dB for the
microphone input. When the AGC noise threshold is set to –70 dB, –80 db, or –90 dB, the microphone
input maximum PGA applicable setting must be greater than or equal to 11.5 dB, 21.5 dB, or 31.5 dB,
respectively. This operation includes debounce and hysteresis to prevent the AGC gain from cycling
between high gain and 0 dB when signals are near the noise threshold level. When the noise-threshold
flag is set, the status of the gain applied by the AGC and the saturation flag should be ignored.
Programming the noise debounce is done by writing to page 0 / register 91, bits D4–D0. Programming the
signal debounce is done by writing to page 0 / register 92, bits D3–D0.
28
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Max PGA applicable allows the user to restrict the maximum gain applied by the AGC. This can be used
for limiting PGA gain in situations where environmental noise is greater than the programmed noise
threshold. Microphone input maximum PGA can be programmed from 0 dB to 59.5 dB in steps of 0.5 dB.
Programming the maximum PGA gain allowed by the AGC is done by writing to page 0 / register 88,
bits D6–D0.
See Table 5-16 for various AGC programming options. AGC can be used only if the microphone input is
routed to the ADC channel.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
29
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 5-16. AGC Settings (1)
CONTROL REGISTER
(1)
BIT
FUNCTION
36
D5 (read-only)
AGC saturation flag
39
D3 (read-only)
ADC saturation flag
45
D6 (read-only)
Signal to level setting of noise threshold
86
D7
AGC enable
86
D6–D4
Target level
87
D7–D6
Hysteresis
87
D5–D1
Noise threshold
88
D6–D0
Maximum PGA applicable
89
D7–D0
Time constants (attack time)
90
D7–D0
Time constants (decay time)
91
D4–D0
Debounce time (noise)
92
D3–D0
Debounce time (signal)
93
D7–D0 (read-only)
Gain applied by AGC
All registers shown in this table are located on page 0.
Input
Signal
Output
Signal
Target
Level
AGC
Gain
Attack
Time
Decay Time
W0002-01
Figure 5-2. AGC Characteristics
The AGC settings should be set based on user and system conditions, such as microphone selection and
sensitivity, acoustics (plastics) around the microphone which affect the microphone pattern, expected
distance and direction between microphone and sound source, acoustic background noise, etc.
30
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
One example of AGC code follows, but actual use of code should be verified based on application usage.
Note that the AGC code should be set up before powering up the ADC.
####################### AGC ENABLE EXAMPLE CODE #####################
## Switch to page 0
w 30 00 00
# Set AGC enable and Target Level = -10 dB
# Target level can be set lower if clipping occurs during speech
# Target level is adjusted considering Max Gain also
w 30 56 A0
# AGC hysteresis=DISABLE, noise threshold = -90dB
# Noise threshold should be set at higher level if noisy background is present in application
w 30 57 FE
# AGC maximum gain= 40 dB
# Higher Max gain is a trade off between gaining up a low sensitivity MIC, and the background
# acoustic noise
# Microphone bias voltage (MICBIAS) level can be used to change the Microphone Sensitivity
w 30 58 50
# Attack time=864/Fs
w 30 59 68
# Decay time=22016/Fs
w 30 5A A8
# Noise debounce 0 ms
# Noise debounce time can be increased if needed
w 30 5B 00
# Signal debounce 0 ms
# Signal debounce time can be increased if needed
w 30 5C 00
######################## END of AGC SET UP #################################
5.4.3
Delta-Sigma ADC
The analog-to-digital converter has a delta-sigma modulator with an oversampling ratio (AOSR) up to 128.
The ADC can support a maximum output rate of 192 kHz.
ADC power up is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 81, bit D7. An ADC power-up condition can be
verified by reading page 0 / register 36, bit D6.
5.4.4
ADC Decimation Filtering and Signal Processing
The TLV320AIC3100 ADC channel includes built-in digital decimation filters to process the oversampled
data from the delta-sigma modulator to generate digital data at the Nyquist sampling rate with high
dynamic range. The decimation filter can be chosen from three different types, depending on the required
frequency response, group delay, and sampling rate.
5.4.4.1
ADC Processing Blocks
The TLV320AIC3100 offers a range of processing blocks which implement various signal processing
capabilities along with decimation filtering. These processing blocks give users the choice of how much
and what type of signal processing they may use and which decimation filter is applied.
The choices among these processing blocks allow the system designer to balance power conservation
and signal-processing flexibility. Less signal-processing capability reduces the power consumed by the
device. Table 5-17 gives an overview of the available processing blocks of the ADC channel and their
properties. The resource class (RC) column gives a relative indication of power consumption.
The signal processing blocks available are:
• First-order IIR
• Scalable number of biquad filters
• Variable-tap FIR filter
• AGC
The processing blocks are tuned for common cases and can achieve high anti-alias filtering or low group
delay in combination with various signal-processing effects such as audio effects and frequency shaping.
The available first-order IIR, biquad, and FIR filters have fully user-programmable coefficients.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
31
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 5-17. ADC Processing Blocks
Processing
Blocks
Channel
Decimation
Filter
First-Order
IIR Available
Number
Biquads
FIR
Required
AOSR Value
Resource
Class
PRB_R4
Mono
A
Yes
0
No
128, 64
3
PRB_R5
Mono
A
Yes
5
No
128, 64
4
PRB_R6
Mono
A
Yes
0
25-tap
128, 64
4
PRB_R10
Mono
B
Yes
0
No
64
2
PRB_R11
Mono
B
Yes
3
No
64
2
PRB_R12
Mono
B
Yes
0
20-tap
64
2
PRB_R16
Mono
C
Yes
0
No
32
2
PRB_R17
Mono
C
Yes
5
No
32
2
PRB_R18
Mono
C
Yes
0
25-tap
32
2
5.4.4.2
ADC Processing Blocks – Signal Chain Details
5.4.4.2.1 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
´
Filter A
AGC
Gain
Compen
Sation
st
1 Order
IIR
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-3. Signal Chain for PRB_R4
5.4.4.2.2 Five Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
Filter A
HA
HB
HC
HD
´
HE
st
1 Order
IIR
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-4. Signal Chain for PRB_R5
32
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.4.4.2.3 25-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter A
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
st
Filter A
1 Order
IIR
´
25-Tap FIR
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-5. Signal Chain for PRB_R6
5.4.4.2.4 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
st
1 Order
IIR
´
Filter B
To Audio
Interface
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-6. Signal Chain for PRB_R10
5.4.4.2.5 Three Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
Filter B
HA
HB
1stOrder
IIR
´
HC
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-7. Signal Chain for PRB_R11
5.4.4.2.6 20-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter B
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
st
20-Tap FIR
Filter B
´
1 Order
IIR
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-8. Signal Chain for PRB_R12
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
33
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
5.4.4.2.7 First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
´
Filter C
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
st
1 Order
IIR
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-9. Signal Chain for PRB_R16
5.4.4.2.8 Five Biquads, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
Filter C
HA
HB
HC
HD
´
HE
st
1 Order
IIR
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-10. Signal Chain for PRB_R17
5.4.4.2.9 25-Tap FIR, First-Order IIR, AGC, Filter C
From Delta-Sigma
Modulator or
Digital Microphone
st
Filter C
25-Tap FIR
´
1 Order
IIR
AGC
Gain
Compen
sation
To Audio
Interface
AGC
From
Digital Vol. Ctrl
To Analog PGA
Figure 5-11. Signal Chain for PRB_R18
5.4.4.3
User-Programmable Filters
Depending on the selected processing block, different types and orders of digital filtering are available. A
first-order IIR filter is always available, and is useful to filter out possible dc components of the signal
efficiently. Up to five biquad sections or, alternatively, FIR filters of up to 25 taps are available for specific
processing blocks. The coefficients of the available filters are arranged as sequentially indexed
coefficients.
34
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
The coefficients of these filters are each 16 bits wide, in 2s-complement format, and occupy two
consecutive 8-bit registers in the register space. Specifically, the filter coefficients are in 1.15 (one dot 15)
format with a range from –1.0 (0x8000) to 0.999969482421875 (0x7FFF), as shown in Figure 5-12.
2
–15
2
2
–4
–1
Bit
Bit
Largest Positive Number:
= 0.111111111111111111
= 0.999969482421875 = 1.0 – 1 LSB
Bit
Largest Negative Number:
= 1.000010000100001000
= 0x8000 = –1.0 (by definition)
Fraction
Point
Sign Bit
S...xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Figure 5-12. 1.15 2s-Complement Coefficient Format
5.4.4.3.1 First-Order IIR Section
The transfer function for the first-order IIR filter is given by
H(z) =
N0 + N1z -1
215 - D1z -1
(1)
The frequency response for the first-order IIR section with default coefficients is flat at a gain of 0 dB.
Table 5-18. ADC First-Order IIR Filter Coefficients
Filter
Filter Coefficient
First-order IIR
ADC Coefficient
Default (Reset) Values
N0
Page 4 / register 8 and page 4 / register 9
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1
Page 4 / register 10 and page 4 / register 11
0x0000
D1
Page 4 / register 12 and page 4 / register 13
0x0000
5.4.4.3.2 Biquad Section
The transfer function of each of the biquad filters is given by
H(z) =
N0 + 2 ´ N1z -1 + N2 z -2
215 - 2 ´ D1z -1 - D2 z -2
(2)
The default values for each biquad section yield an all-pass (flat) frequency response at a gain of 0 dB.
Table 5-19. ADC Biquad Filter Coefficients
Filter
Filter Coefficient
Biquad A
N0
Page 4 / register 14 and page 4 / register 15
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1
Page 4 / register 16 and page 4 / register 17
0x0000
N2
Page 4 / register 18 and page 4 / register 19
0x0000
D1
Page 4 / register 20 and page 4 / register 21
0x0000
D2
Page 4 / register 22 and page 4 / register 23
0x0000
N0
Page 4 / register 24 and page 4 / register 25
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1
Page 4 / register 26 and page 4 / register 27
0x0000
N2
Page 4 / register 28 and page 4 / register 29
0x0000
D1
Page 4 / register 30 and page 4 / register 31
0x0000
D2
Page 4 / register 32 and page 4 / register 33
0x0000
Biquad B
Filter Coefficient RAM Location
Default (Reset) Values
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
35
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 5-19. ADC Biquad Filter Coefficients (continued)
Filter
Filter Coefficient
Biquad C
N0
Page 4 / register 34 and page 4 / register 35
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1
Page 4 / register 36 and page 4 / register 37
0x0000
N2
Page 4 / register 38 and page 4 / register 39
0x0000
D1
Page 4 / register 40 and page 4 / register 41
0x0000
D2
Page 4 / register 42 and page 4 / register 43
0x0000
N0
Page 4 / register 44 and page 4 / register 45
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1
Page 4 / register 46 and page 4 / register 47
0x0000
N2
Page 4 / register 48 and page 4 / register 49
0x0000
D1
Page 4 / register 50 and page 4 / register 51
0x0000
D2
Page 4 / register 52 and page 4 / register 53
0x0000
N0
Page 4 / register 54 and page 4 / register 55
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
N1
Page 4 / register 56 and page 4 / register 57
0x0000
N2
Page 4 / register 58 and page 4 / register 59
0x0000
D1
Page 4 / register 60 and page 4 / register 61
0x0000
D2
Page 4 / register 62 and page 4 / register 63
0x0000
Biquad D
Biquad E
Filter Coefficient RAM Location
Default (Reset) Values
5.4.4.3.3 FIR Section
Three of the available ADC processing blocks offer FIR filters for signal processing. Processing block
PRB_R12 features a 20-tap FIR filter, whereas the processing blocks PRB_R6 and PRB_R18 each
feature a 25-tap FIR filter.
M
H(z) =
å FIRn z-n
n =0
M = 24 for PRB _ R6, PRB _ R18
M = 19 for PRB _ R12
(3)
The coefficients of the FIR filters are 16-bit 2s-complement format (2 bytes each) and correspond to the
ADC coefficient space as listed in Table 5-20. Note that the default (reset) coefficients are not vaild for the
FIR filter. When the FIR filter is used, all applicable coefficients must be reprogrammed by the user. To
reprogram the FIR filter coefficients as an all-pass filter, write value 0x00 to page 4 / register 24, page 4 /
register 25, page 4 / register 34, page 4 / register 35, page 4 / register 44, page 4 / register 45, page 4 /
register 54, and page 4 / register 55.
Table 5-20. ADC FIR Filter Coefficients
Filter Coefficient
FIlter Coefficient RAM Location
Default (Reset) Values – Not Valid for the FIR Filter – Must Be
Reprogrammed by User
FIR0
Page 4 / register 14 and page 4 / register 15
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR1
Page 4 / register 16 and page 4 / register 17
0x0000
FIR2
Page 4 / register 18 and page 4 / register 19
0x0000
FIR3
Page 4 / register 20 and page 4 / register 21
0x0000
FIR4
Page 4 / register 22 and page 4 / register 23
0x0000
FIR5
Page 4 / register 24 and page 4 / register 25
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR6
Page 4 / register 26 and page 4 / register 27
0x0000
FIR7
Page 4 / register 28 and page 4 / register 29
0x0000
FIR8
Page 4 / register 30 and page 4 / register 31
0x0000
FIR9
Page 4 / register 32 and page 4 / register 33
0x0000
FIR10
Page 4 / register 34 and page 4 / register 35
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR11
Page 4 / register 36 and page 4 / register 37
0x0000
36
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 5-20. ADC FIR Filter Coefficients (continued)
Filter Coefficient
FIlter Coefficient RAM Location
Default (Reset) Values – Not Valid for the FIR Filter – Must Be
Reprogrammed by User
FIR12
Page 4 / register 38 and page 4 / register 39
0x0000
FIR13
Page 4 / register 40 and page 4 / register 41
0x0000
FIR14
Page 4 / register 42 and page 4 / register 43
0x0000
FIR15
Page 4 / register 44 and page 4 / register 45
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR16
Page 4 / register 46 and page 4 / register 47
0x0000
FIR17
Page 4 / register 48 and page 4 / register 49
0x0000
FIR18
Page 4 / register 50 and page 4 / register 51
0x0000
FIR19
Page 4 / registe 52 and page 4 / register 53
0x0000
FIR20
Page 4 / register 54 and page 4 / register 55
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 – LSB value)
FIR21
Page 4 / register 56 and page 4 / register 57
0x0000
FIR22
Page 4 / register 58 and page 4 / register 59
0x0000
FIR23
Page 4 / register 60 and page 4 / register 61
0x0000
FIR24
Page 4 / register 62 and page 4 / register 63
0x0000
5.4.4.4
ADC Digital Decimation Filter Characteristics
The TLV320AIC3100 offers three different types of decimation filters. The integrated digital decimation
filter removes high-frequency content and downsamples the audio data from an initial sampling rate of
AOSR × fS to the final output sampling rate of fS. The decimation filtering is achieved using a higher-order
CIC filter followed by linear-phase FIR filters. The decimation filter cannot be chosen by itself; it is implicitly
set through the chosen processing block.
The following subsections describe the properties of the available filters A, B, and C.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
37
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
5.4.4.4.1 Decimation Filter A
This filter is intended for use at sampling rates up to 48 kHz. When configuring this filter, the oversampling
ratio of the ADC can either be 128 or 64. For highest performance, the oversampling ratio must be set
to 128.
Filter A can also be used for 96 kHz at an AOSR of 64.
Table 5-21. ADC Decimation-Filter-A Specifications
Parameter
Condition
Value (Typical)
Unit
AOSR = 128
Filter gain pass band
0…0.39 fS
0.062
dB
Filter gain stop band
0.55…64 fS
–73
dB
17/fS
s
Filter group delay
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.062
dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.05
dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.05
dB
Filter gain pass band
0…0.39 fS
0.062
dB
Filter gain stop band
0.55…32 fS
–73
dB
17/fS
s
AOSR = 64
Filter group delay
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.062
dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.05
dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.05
dB
Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps
0…20 kHz
0.1
dB
ADC Channel Response for Decimation Filter A
(Red Line Corresponds to –73 dB)
0
–10
Magnitude – dB
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
–100
0
0.2
0.4
0.6 0.8
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Frequency Normalized to fS
2
Figure 5-13. ADC Decimation-Filter-A Frequency Response
38
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.4.4.4.2 Decimation Filter B
Filter B is intended to support sampling rates up to 96 kHz at an oversampling ratio of 64.
Table 5-22. ADC Decimation-Filter-B Specifications
Parameter
Condition
Value (Typical)
Unit
AOSR = 64
Filter gain pass band
0…0.39 fS
±0.077
dB
Filter gain stop band
0.60 fS…32 fS
–46
dB
Filter group delay
11/fS
s
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.076
dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.06
dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps
0…0.39 fS
0.06
dB
Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps
0…20 kHz
0.11
dB
0
ADC Channel Response for Decimation Filter A
(Red Line Corresponds to –44 dB)
–10
Magnitude – dB
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
0
0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Frequency Normalized to fS
2
Figure 5-14. ADC Decimation-Filter-B Frequency Response
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
39
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
5.4.4.4.3 Decimation Filter C
Filter C along with an AOSR of 32 is specially designed for 192-ksps operation for the ADC. The pass
band, which extends up to 0.11 × fS (corresponding to 21 kHz), is suited for audio applications.
Table 5-23. ADC Decimation-Filter-C Specifications
Parameter
Condition
Value (Typical)
Unit
Filter gain from 0 to 0.11 fS
0…0.11 fS
±0.033
dB
Filter gain from 0.28 fS to 16 fS
0.28 fS…16 fS
–60
dB
11/fS
s
Filter group delay
Pass-band ripple, 8 ksps
0…0.11 fS
0.033
dB
Pass-band ripple, 44.1 ksps
0…0.11 fS
0.033
dB
Pass-band ripple, 48 ksps
0…0.11 fS
0.032
dB
Pass-band ripple, 96 ksps
0…0.11 fS
0.032
dB
Pass-band ripple, 192 ksps
0…20 kHz
0.086
dB
0
ADC Channel Response for Decimation Filter C
(Red Line Corresponds to –60 dB)
Magnitude – dB
–20
–40
–60
–80
–100
–120
0
0.2 0.4
0.6 0.8 1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8
Frequency Normalized to fS
2
Figure 5-15. ADC Decimation-Filter-C Frequency Response
5.4.4.5
ADC Data Interface
The decimation filter and signal processing block in the ADC channel pass 32-bit data words to the audio
serial interface once every cycle of ADC_fS. During each cycle of ADC_fS, a pair of data words (for left
and right channel) is passed. The audio serial interface rounds the data to the required word length of the
interface before converting to serial data. Because the TLV320AIC3100 has only a mono ADC, it passes
the same data to both the left and right channels of the audio serial interface.
5.4.5
Updating ADC Digital-Filter Coefficients During Record
When it is required to update the ADC digital-filter coefficients during record, care must be taken to avoid
click and pop noise or even a possible oscillation noise. These artifacts can occur if the ADC coefficients
are updated without following the proper update sequence. The correct sequence is shown in Figure 5-16.
The values for the times listed are conservative and should be used for software purposes.
40
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Record - Paused
Volume Ramp Down
Soft Mute
ADC Volume Ramp Down WAIT Time (A)
Wait (A) ms
For fS = 32 kHz ® Wait 10 ms (min)
For fS = 48 kHz ® Wait 8 ms (min)
ADC Power Down
Update
Digital Filter
Coefficients
ADC Volume Ramp Up Time (B)
For fS = 32 kHz ® 10 ms
For fS = 48 kHz ® 8 ms
ADC Power UP
Wait 20 ms
Restore Previous
Volume Level (Ramp)
in (B) ms
Record - Continue
F0023-02
Figure 5-16. Updating ADC Digital Filter Coefficients During Record
5.4.6
Digital Microphone Function
In addition to supporting analog microphones, the TLV320AIC3100 can also interface to one digital
microphone using using the mono ADC channel. Figure 5-17 shows the digial microphone interface block
diagram and Figure 5-18 shows the timing diagram for the digital microphone interface.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
41
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
D-S
ADC
Signal
Processing
Blocks
DOUT
DIG_MIC_IN
Mono ADC
CIC Filter
ADC_MOD_CLK
SDIN
GPIO1
Figure 5-17. Digital Microphone in the TLV320AIC3100
The TLV320AIC3100 outputs internal clock ADC_MOD_CLK on the GPIO1 pin (page 0 / register 51,
bits D5–D2 = 1010). This clock can be connected to the external digital microphone device. The single-bit
output of the external digital microphone device can be connected to the DIN pin. Internally, the
TLV320AIC3100 latches the steady value of the mono ADC data on the rising edge of ADC_MOD_CLK.
ADC_MOD_CLK
DIG_MIC_IN
Mono Data
No Data
Mono Data
No Data
Mono Data
No Data
Figure 5-18. Timing Diagram for Digital Microphone Interface
When the digital microphone mode is enabled, the analog section of the ADC can be powered down and
bypassed for power efficiency. The AOSR value for the ADC channel must be configured to select the
desired decimation ratio to be achieved, based on the external digital microphone properties.
5.4.7
DC Measurement
The TLV320AIC3100 supports a highly flexible dc-measurement mode using the high-resolution
oversampling and noise-shaping ADC. This mode can be used when the ADC channel is not used for the
voice/audio record function. This mode can be enabled by programming page 0 / register 102, bit D7. The
converted data is 24 bits, using the 2.22 numbering format. The value of the converted data for the ADC
channel can be read back from page 0 / register 104 through page 1 / register 106. Before reading back
the converted data, page 0 / register 103, bit D6 must be programmed to 1 in order to latch the converted
data into the readback registers. After the converted data is read back, page 0 / register 103, bit D6 must
be immediately reset to 0. In dc-measurement mode, two measurement modes are supported.
Mode A
In dc-measurement mode A, a variable-length averaging filter is used. The length of averaging filter D can
be programmed from 1 to 20 by programming page 0 / register 102, bits D4–D0. To choose mode A,
page 0 / register 102, bit D5 must be programmed to 0.
42
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Mode B
To choose mode B, page 0 / register 102, bit D5 must be programmed to 1. In dc-measurement mode B,
a first-order IIR filter is used. The coefficients of this filter are determined by D, page 0 / register 102,
bits D4–D0. The nature of the filter is given in Table 5-24.
Table 5-24. DC Measurement Bandwidth Settings
D: Page 0 / Register 102, Bits D4–D0
–3 dB BW (Hz)
–0.5 dB BW (Hz)
1
688,440
236,500
2
275,970
96,334
3
127,400
44,579
4
61,505
21,532
5
30,248
10,590
6
15,004
5,253
7
7,472
2,616
8
3,729
1,305
9
1,862
652
10
931
326
11
465
163
12
232.6
81.5
13
116.3
14
40.7
58.1
20.3
15
29.1
10.2
16
14.54
5.09
17
7.25
2.54
18
3.63
1.27
19
1.8
0.635
20
0.908
0.3165
By programming page 0 / register 103, bit D5 to 1, the averaging filter is periodically reset after 2R number
of ADC_MOD_CLK periods, where R is programmed in page 0 / register 103, bits D4–D0. When page 0 /
register 103, bit D5 is set to 1, then the value of D should be less than the value of R. When page 0 /
register 103, bit D5 is programmed to 0, the averaging filter is never reset.
5.5
Audio DAC and Audio Analog Outputs
Each channel of the stereo audio DAC consists of a digital audio processing block, a digital interpolation
filter, a digital delta-sigma modulator, and an analog reconstruction filter. This high oversampling ratio
(normally DOSR is between 32 and 128) exhibits good dynamic range by ensuring that the quantization
noise generated within the delta-sigma modulator stays outside of the audio frequency band. Audio analog
outputs include stereo headphone/lineouts and mono class-D speaker outputs.
5.5.1
DAC
The TLV320AIC3100 stereo audio DAC supports data rates from 8 kHz to 192 kHz. Each channel of the
stereo audio DAC consists of a signal-processing engine with fixed processing blocks, a digital
interpolation filter, multibit digital delta-sigma modulator, and an analog reconstruction filter. The DAC is
designed to provide enhanced performance at low sampling rates through increased oversampling and
image filtering, thereby keeping quantization noise generated within the delta-sigma modulator and signal
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
43
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
images strongly suppressed within the audio band to beyond 20 kHz. To handle multiple input rates and
optimize power dissipation and performance, the TLV320AIC3100 allows the system designer to program
the oversampling rates over a wide range from 1 to 1024 by configuring page 0 / register 13 and page 0 /
register 14. The system designer can choose higher oversampling ratios for lower input data rates and
lower oversampling ratios for higher input data rates.
The TLV320AIC3100 DAC channel includes a built-in digital interpolation filter to generate oversampled
data for the delta-sigma modulator. The interpolation filter can be chosen from three different types,
depending on required frequency response, group delay, and sampling rate.
DAC power up is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 63, bit D7 for the left channel and bit D6 for the
right channel. The left-channel DAC clipping flag is provided as a read-only bit on page 0 / register 39,
bit D7. The right-channel DAC clipping flag is provided as a read-only bit on page 0 / register 39, bit D6.
5.5.1.1
DAC Processing Blocks
The TLV320AIC3100 implements signal-processing capabilities and interpolation filtering via processing
blocks. These fixed processing blocks give users the choice of how much and what type of signal
processing they use and which interpolation filter is applied.
The choices among these processing blocks allow the system designer to balance power conservation
and signal-processing flexibility. Table 5-25 gives an overview of all available processing blocks of the
DAC channel and their properties. The resource-class column gives an approximate indication of power
consumption for the digital (DVDD) supply; however, based on the out-of-band noise spectrum, the analog
power consumption of the drivers (HPVDD) may differ.
The signal-processing blocks available are:
• First-order IIR
• Scalable number of biquad filters
• 3D effect
• Beep generator
The processing blocks are tuned for common cases and can achieve high image rejection or low group
delay in combination with various signal-processing effects such as audio effects and frequency shaping.
The available first-order IIR and biquad filters have fully user-programmable coefficients.
44
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 5-25. Overview – DAC Predefined Processing Blocks
Processing
Block No.
Interpolation
Filter
Channel
First-Order
IIR Available
Number
of
Biquads
DRC
3D
Beep
Generator
Resource
Class
PRB_P1
A
Stereo
No
3
No
No
No
8
PRB_P2
A
Stereo
Yes
6
Yes
No
No
12
PRB_P3
A
Stereo
Yes
6
No
No
No
10
PRB_P4
A
Left
No
3
No
No
No
4
PRB_P5
A
Left
Yes
6
Yes
No
No
6
PRB_P6
A
Left
Yes
6
No
No
No
6
PRB_P7
B
Stereo
Yes
0
No
No
No
6
PRB_P8
B
Stereo
No
4
Yes
No
No
8
PRB_P9
B
Stereo
No
4
No
No
No
8
PRB_P10
B
Stereo
Yes
6
Yes
No
No
10
PRB_P11
B
Stereo
Yes
6
No
No
No
8
PRB_P12
B
Left
Yes
0
No
No
No
3
PRB_P13
B
Left
No
4
Yes
No
No
4
PRB_P14
B
Left
No
4
No
No
No
4
PRB_P15
B
Left
Yes
6
Yes
No
No
6
PRB_P16
B
Left
Yes
6
No
No
No
4
PRB_P17
C
Stereo
Yes
0
No
No
No
3
PRB_P18
C
Stereo
Yes
4
Yes
No
No
6
PRB_P19
C
Stereo
Yes
4
No
No
No
4
PRB_P20
C
Left
Yes
0
No
No
No
2
PRB_P21
C
Left
Yes
4
Yes
No
No
3
PRB_P22
C
Left
Yes
4
No
No
No
2
PRB_P23
A
Stereo
No
2
No
Yes
No
8
PRB_P24
A
Stereo
Yes
5
Yes
Yes
No
12
PRB_P25
A
Stereo
Yes
5
Yes
Yes
Yes
12
5.5.1.2
DAC Processing Blocks – Signal Chain Details
5.5.1.2.1 Three Biquads, Filter A
BiQuad
A
BiQuad
B
from
Interface
BiQuad
C
´
Interp.
Filter A
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-19. Signal Chain for PRB_P1 and PRB_P4
5.5.1.2.2 Six Biquads, First-Order IIR, DRC, Filter A or B
IIR
from
Interface
BiQuad
A
BiQuad
B
BiQuad
C
BiQuad
D
BiQuad
E
BiQuad
F
HPF
Interp.
Filter
A,B
DRC
´
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-20. Signal Chain for PRB_P2, PRB_P5, PRB_P10, and PRB_P15
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
45
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
5.5.1.2.3 Six Biquads, First-Order IIR, Filter A or B
BiQuad
A
IIR
from
Interface
BiQuad
B
BiQuad
C
BiQuad
D
BiQuad
E
Interp.
Filter
A,B
BiQuad
F
´
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-21. Signal Chain for PRB_P3, PRB_P6, PRB_P11, and PRB_P16
5.5.1.2.4 IIR, Filter B or C
Interp.
Filter
B,C
IIR
from
Interface
´
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-22. Signal Chain for PRB_P7, PRB_P12, PRB_P17, and PRB_P20
5.5.1.2.5 Four Biquads, DRC, Filter B
from
Interface
BiQuad
A
BiQuad
B
BiQuad
C
´
Interp.
Filter B
BiQuad
D
HPF
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
DRC
Figure 5-23. Signal Chain for PRB_P8 and PRB_P13
5.5.1.2.6 Four Biquads, Filter B
BiQuad
A
from
Interface
BiQuad
B
BiQuad
C
BiQuad
D
Interp.
Filter B
´
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-24. Signal Chain for PRB_P9 and PRB_P14
5.5.1.2.7 Four Biquads, First-Order IIR, DRC, Filter C
IIR
BiQuad
A
BiQuad
B
BiQuad
C
BiQuad
D
Interp.
Filter C
from
Interface
HPF
DRC
´
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-25. Signal Chain for PRB_P18 and PRB_P21
46
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.5.1.2.8 Four Biquads, First-Order IIR, Filter C
IIR
from
Interface
BiQuad
A
BiQuad
B
BiQuad
C
BiQuad
D
Interp.
Filter C
´
to
modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-26. Signal Chain for PRB_P19 and PRB_P22
5.5.1.2.9 Two Biquads, 3D, Filter A
From
LeftChannel
Interface
+
Biquad
BL
+
Biquad
CL
Interp.
Filter A
´
To
Modulator
+
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
+
From
RightChannel
Interface
Biquad
AL
+
–
Biquad
AR
3D
PGA
+
–
+
Biquad
BR
Biquad
CR
Interp.
Filter A
´
To
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
NOTE: AL means biquad A of the left channel, and similarly, BR means biquad B of the right channel.
Figure 5-27. Signal Chain for PRB_P23
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
47
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
5.5.1.2.10 Five Biquads, DRC, 3D, Filter A
IIR
from Left
Left
Channel
Interface
+
BiQuad
CL
BiQuad
BL
+
BiQuad
DL
BiQuad
EL
BiQuad
FL
´
Interp.
Filter A
to
Modulator
+
HPF
+
BiQuad
AL
+
-
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
DRC
3D
PGA
BiQuad
AR
from
Right
Channel
Interface
IIR
Right
+
BiQuad
BR
+
BiQuad
CR
BiQuad
DR
BiQuad
ER
BiQuad
FR
HPF
´
Interp.
Filter A
to
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
DRC
Figure 5-28. Signal Chain for PRB_P24
5.5.1.2.11 Five Biquads, DRC, 3D, Beep Generator, Filter A
From
LeftChannel
Interface
IIR
Left
+
Biquad
BL
+
Biquad
CL
Biquad
DL
Biquad
EL
Biquad
FL
Interp.
Filter A
HPF
DRC
´
+
+
+
+
–
Biquad
AL
Biquad
AR
3D
PGA
To
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Beep Volume Ctrl
´
Beep Volume Ctrl
´
Beep
Gen.
From
RightChannel
Interface
–
IIR
Right
+
+
Biquad
BR
Biquad
CR
Biquad
DR
Biquad
ER
Biquad
FR
Interp.
Filter A
HPF
DRC
´
+
To
Modulator
Digital
Volume
Ctrl
Figure 5-29. Signal Chain for PRB_P25
48
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
5.5.1.3
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
DAC User-Programmable Filters
Depending on the selected processing block, different types and orders of digital filtering are available. Up
to six biquad sections are available for specific processing blocks.
The coefficients of the available filters are arranged as sequentially-indexed coefficients in two banks. If
adaptive filtering is chosen, the coefficient banks can be switched in real time.
When the DAC is running, the user-programmable filter coefficients are locked and cannot be accessed
for either read or write.
However, the TLV320AIC3100 offers an adaptive filter mode as well. Setting page 8 / register 1, bit D2 = 1
turns on double buffering of the coefficients. In this mode, filter coefficients can be updated through the
host and activated without stopping and restarting the DAC. This enables advanced adaptive filtering
applications.
In the double-buffering scheme, all coefficients are stored in two buffers (buffers A and B). When the DAC
is running and the adaptive filtering mode is turned on, setting page 8 / register 1, bit D0 = 1 switches the
coefficient buffers at the next start of a sampling period. This bit is set back to 0 after the switch occurs. At
the same time, page 8 / register 1, bit D1 toggles.
The flag in page 8 / register 1, bit D1 indicates which of the two buffers is actually in use.
Page 8 / register 1, bit D1 = 0: buffer A is in use by the DAC engine; bit D1 = 1: buffer B is in use.
While the device is running, coefficient updates are always made to the buffer not in use by the DAC,
regardless of the buffer to which the coefficients have been written.
Table 5-26. Adaptive-Mode Filter-Coefficient Buffer Switching
DAC Running?
Page 8, Reg 1, Bit D1
No
0
None
Coefficient Buffer in Use
C1, buffer A
Writing to
C1, buffer A
Updates
No
0
None
C1, buffer B
C1, buffer B
Yes
0
Buffer A
C1, buffer A
C1, buffer B
Yes
0
Buffer A
C1, buffer B
C1, buffer B
Yes
1
Buffer B
C1, buffer A
C1, buffer A
Yes
1
Buffer B
C1, buffer B
C1, buffer A
The user-programmable coefficients C1 to C70 are defined on pages 8, 9, 10, and 11 for buffer A and
pages 12, 13, 14, and 15 for buffer B.
The coefficients of these filters are each 16-bit, 2s-complement format, occupying two consecutive 8-bit
registers in the register space. Specifically, the filter coefficients are in 1.15 (one dot 15) format with a
range from –1.0 (0x8000) to 0.999969482421875 (0x7FFF) as shown in Figure 5-12.
5.5.1.3.1 First-Order IIR Section
The IIR is of first order and its transfer function is given by
H(z) =
N0 + N1z -1
215 - D1z -1
(4)
The frequency response for the first-order IIR section with default coefficients is flat.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
49
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 5-27. DAC IIR Filter Coefficients
Filter
Coefficient
First-order IIR
N0
Page 9 / register 2 and
page 9 / register 3
Left DAC Channel
Page 9 / register 8 and
page 9 / register 9
Right DAC Channel
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
Default (Reset) Value
N1
Page 9 / register 4 and
page 9 / register 5
Page 9 / register 10 and
page 9 / register 11
0x0000
D1
Page 9 / register 6 and
page 9 / register 7
Page 9 / register 12 and
page 9 / register 13
0x0000
5.5.1.3.2 Biquad Section
The transfer function of each of the biquad filters is given by
H(z) =
N0 + 2 ´ N1z -1 + N2 z -2
215 - 2 ´ D1z -1 - D2 z -2
(5)
Table 5-28. DAC Biquad Filter Coefficients
Filter
Biquad A
Biquad B
Biquad C
50
Coefficient
Left DAC Channel
Right DAC Channel
Default (Reset) Value
N0
Page 8 / register 2 and
page 8 / register 3
Page 8 / register 66 and
page 8 / register 67
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1
Page 8 / register 4 and
page 8 / register 5
Page 8 / register 68 and
page 8 / register 69
0x0000
N2
Page 8 / register 6 and
page 8 / register 7
Page 8 / register 70 and
page 8 / register 71
0x0000
D1
Page 8 / register 8 and
page 8 / register 9
Page 8 / register 72 and
page 8 / register 73
0x0000
D2
Page 8 / register 10 and
page 8 / register 11
Page 8 / register 74 and
page 8 / register 75
0x0000
N0
Page 8 / register 12 and
page 8 / register 13
Page 8 / register 76 and
page 8 / register 77
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1
Page 8 / register 14 and
page 8 / register 15
Page 8 / register 78 and
page 8 / register 79
0x0000
N2
Page 8 / register 16 and
page 8 / register 17
Page 8 / register 80 and
page 8 / register 81
0x0000
D1
Page 8 / register 18 and
page 8 / register 19
Page 8 / register 82 and
page 8 / register 83
0x0000
D2
Page 8 / register 20 and
page 8 / register 21
Page 8 / register 84 and
page 8 / register 85
0x0000
N0
Page 8 / register 22 and
page 8 / register 23
Page 8 / register 86 and
page 8 / register 87
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1
Page 8 / register 24 and
page 8 / register 25
Page 8 / register 88 and
page 8 / register 89
0x0000
N2
Page 8 / register 26 and
page 8 / register 27
Page 8 / register 90 and
page 8 / register 91
0x0000
D1
Page 8 / register 28 and
page 8 / register 29
Page 8 / register 92 and
page 8 / register 93
0x0000
D2
Page 8 / register 30 and
page 8 / register 31
Page 8 / register 94 and
page 8 / register 95
0x0000
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 5-28. DAC Biquad Filter Coefficients (continued)
Filter
Coefficient
Biquad D
Biquad E
Biquad F
5.5.1.4
Left DAC Channel
Right DAC Channel
Default (Reset) Value
N0
Page 8 / register 32 and
page 8 / register 33
Page 8 / register 96 and
page 8 / register 97
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1
Page 8 / register 34 and
page 8 / register 35
Page 8 / register 98 and
page 8 / register 99
0x0000
N2
Page 8 / register 36 and
page 8 / register 37
Page 8 / register 100 and
page 8 / register 101
0x0000
D1
Page 8 / register 38 and
page 8 / register 39
Page 8 / register 102 and
page 8 / register 103
0x0000
D2
Page 8 / register 40 and
page 8 / register 41
Page 8 / register 104 and
page 8 / register 105
0x0000
N0
Page 8 / register 42 and
page 8 / register 43
Page 8 / register 106 and
page 8 / register 107
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1
Page 8 / register 44 and
page 8 / register 45
Page 8 / register 108 and
page 8 / register 109
0x0000
N2
Page 8 / register 46 and
page 8 / register 47
Page 8 / register 110 and
page 8 / register 111
0x0000
D1
Page 8 / register 48 and
page 8 / register 49
Page 8 / register 112 and
page 8 / register 113
0x0000
D2
Page 8 / register 50 and
page 8 / register 51
Page 8 / register 114 and
page 8 / register 115
0x0000
N0
Page 8 / register 52 and
page 8 / register 53
Page 8 / register 116 and
page 8 / register 117
0x7FFF (decimal 1.0 –
LSB value)
N1
Page 8 / register 54 and
page 8 / register 55
Page 8 / register 118 and
page 8 / register 119
0x0000
N2
Page 8 / register 56 and
page 8 / register 57
Page 8 / register 120 and
page 8 / register 121
0x0000
D1
Page 8 / register 58 and
page 8 / register 59
Page 8 / register 122 and
page 8 / register 123
0x0000
D2
Page 8 / register 60 and
page 8 / register 61
Page 8 / register 124 and
page 8 / register 125
0x0000
DAC Interpolation Filter Characteristics
5.5.1.4.1 Interpolation Filter A
Filter A is designed for an fS up to 48 ksps with a flat pass band of 0 kHz–20 kHz.
Table 5-29. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter A
Parameter
Condition
Value (Typical)
Unit
Filter-gain pass band
0 … 0.45 fS
±0.015
dB
Filter-gain stop band
0.55 fS… 7.455 fS
–65
dB
21/fS
s
Filter group delay
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
51
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
DAC Channel Response for Interpolation Filter A
(Red Line Corresponds to –65 dB)
0
–10
Magnitude – dB
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
–90
1
2
5
6
3
4
Frequency Normalized to fS
7
Figure 5-30. Frequency Response of DAC Interpolation Filter A
5.5.1.4.2 Interpolation Filter B
Filter B is specifically designed for an fS up to 96 ksps. Thus, the flat pass-band region easily covers the
required audio band of 0 kHz–20 kHz.
Table 5-30. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter B
Parameter
Condition
Value (Typical)
Unit
Filter-gain pass band
0 … 0.45 fS
±0.015
dB
Filter-gain stop band
0.55 fS … 3.45 fS
–58
dB
18/fS
s
Filter group delay
DAC Channel Response for Interpolation Filter B
(Red Line Corresponds to –58 dB)
0
Magnitude – dB
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
–80
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
Frequency Normalized to fS
3
3.5
Figure 5-31. Frequency Response of Channel Interpolation Filter B
5.5.1.4.3 Interpolation Filter C
Filter C is specifically designed for the 192-ksps mode. The pass band extends up to 0.4 × fS
(corresponds to 80 kHz), more than sufficient for audio applications.
52
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
DAC Channel Response for Interpolation Filter C
(Red Line Corresponds to –43 dB)
0
Magnitude – dB
–10
–20
–30
–40
–50
–60
–70
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
Frequency Normalized to fS
1.4
Figure 5-32. Frequency Response of DAC Interpolation Filter C
Table 5-31. Specification for DAC Interpolation Filter C
Parameter
Condition
Value (Typical)
Unit
Filter-gain pass band
0 … 0.35 fS
±0.03
dB
Filter-gain stop band
0.6 fS … 1.4 fS
–43
dB
13/fS
s
Filter group delay
5.5.2
DAC Digital-Volume Control
The DAC has a digital-volume control block which implements programmable gain. Each channel has an
independent volume control that can be varied from 24 dB to –63.5 dB in 0.5-dB steps. The left-channel
DAC volume can be controlled by writing to page 0 / register 65, bits D7–D0. The right-channel DAC
volume can be controlled by writing to page 0 / register 66, bits D7–D0. DAC muting and setting up a
master gain control to control both channels is done by writing to page 0 / register 64, bits D3–D0. The
gain is implemented with a soft-stepping algorithm, which only changes the actual volume by 0.125 dB per
input sample, either up or down, until the desired volume is reached. The rate of soft-stepping can be
slowed to one step per two input samples by writing to page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0. Note that the
default source for volume-control level settings is control by register writes (page 0 / register 65 and
page 0 / register 66 to control volume). Use of the VOL/MICDET pin to control the DAC volume is ignored
until the volume control source selected has been changed to pin control (page 0 / register 116,
bit D7 = 1). This functionality is shown in Figure 1-1.
During soft-stepping, the host does not receive a signal when the DAC has been completely muted. This
may be important if the host must mute the DAC before making a significant change, such as changing
sample rates. In order to help with this situation, the device provides a flag back to the host via a readonly register, page 0 / register 38, bit D4 for the left channel and bit D0 for the right channel. This
information alerts the host when the part has completed the soft-stepping and the actual volume has
reached the desired volume level. The soft-stepping feature can be disabled by writing to page 0 /
register 63, bits D1–D0.
If soft-stepping is enabled, the CODEC_CLKIN signal should be kept active until the DAC power-up flag is
cleared. When this flag is cleared, the internal DAC soft-stepping process is complete, and
CODEC_CLKIN can be stopped if desired. (The analog volume control can be ramped down using an
internal oscillator.)
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
53
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.5.3
www.ti.com
Volume-Control Pin
The volume-control pin is not enabled by default but it can be enabled by writing 1 to page 0 /
register 116, bit D7. The default DAC volume control uses software control of the volume, which occurs if
page 0 / register 116, bit D7 = 0. Soft-stepping the volume level is set up by writing to page 0 / register 63,
bits D1–D0.
When the volume-pin function is used, a 7-bit Vol ADC reads the voltage on the VOL/MICDET pin and
updates the digital volume control. (It overwrites the current value of the volume control.) The new volume
setting which has been applied due to a change of voltage on the volume control pin can be read on
page 0 / register 117, bits D6–D0. The 7-bit Vol ADC clock source can be selected on page 0 /
register 116, bit D6. The update rate can be programmed on page 0 / register 116, bits D2–D0 for this 7bit SAR ADC.
The VOL/MICDET pin gain mapping is shown in Table 5-32.
Table 5-32. VOL/MICDET Pin Gain Mapping
VOL/MICDET PIN SAR OUTPUT
54
DIGITAL GAIN APPLIED
0
18 dB
1
17.5 dB
2
17 dB
:
:
35
0.5 dB
36
0.0 dB
37
–0.5 dB
:
:
89
–26.5 dB
90
–27 dB
91
–28 dB
:
:
125
–62 dB
126
–63 dB
127
Mute
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
The VOL/MICDET pin connection and functionality are shown in Figure 5-33.
24 dB to Mute
Digital
DAC_L
D-S
DAC
Vol
Ctl
Processing
Blocks
24 dB to Mute
AVDD
Digital
VREF
IN
R1
AVDD
VOL/
MICDET
DAC_R
D-S
DAC
Vol
Ctl
Processing
Blocks
18 dB to Mute
P1
7- Bit ADC
R2
CVOL
Tone Generator and Mixer Are
NOT Shown
24 dB to Mute
Volume Level
Register Controlled
AVSS
B0210-08
Figure 5-33. Digital Volume Controls for Beep Generator and DAC Play Data
As shown in Table 5-32, the VOL/MICDET pin has a range of volume control from 18 dB down to –63 dB,
and mute. However, if less maximum gain is required, then a smaller range of voltage should be applied
to the VOL/MICDET pin. This can be done by increasing the value of R2 relative to the value of (P1 + R1),
so that more voltage is available at the bottom of P1. The circuit should also be designed such that for the
values of R1, R2, and P1 chosen, the maximum voltage (top of the potentiometer) does not exceed
AVDD/2 (see Figure 5-33). The recommended values for R1, R2, and P1 for several maximum gains are
shown in Table 5-33. Note that in typical applications, R1 should not be 0 Ω, as the VOL/MICDET pin
should not exceed AVDD/2 for proper ADC operation.
Table 5-33. VOL/MICDET Pin Gain Scaling
5.5.4
R1
(kΩ)
P1
(kΩ)
R2
(kΩ)
ADC VOLTAGE
for AVDD = 3.3 V
(V)
DIGITAL GAIN RANGE
(dB)
25
25
0
0 V to 1.65 V
18 dB to –63 dB
33
25
7.68
0.386 V to 1.642 V
3 dB to –63 dB
34.8
25
9.76
0.463 V to 1.649 V
0 dB to –63 dB
Dynamic Range Compression
Typical music signals are characterized by crest factors, the ratio of peak signal power to average signal
power, of 12 dB or more. To avoid audible distortions due to clipping of peak signals, the gain of the DAC
channel must be adjusted so as not to cause hard clipping of peak signals. As a result, during nominal
periods, the applied gain is low, causing the perception that the signal is not loud enough. To overcome
this problem, dynamic range conpression (DRC) in the TLV320AIC3100 continuously monitors the output
of the DAC digital volume control to detect its power level relative to 0 dBFS. When the power level is low,
DRC increases the input signal gain to make it sound louder. At the same time, if a peaking signal is
detected, it autonomously reduces the applied gain to avoid hard clipping. This results in sounds more
pleasing to the ear as well as sounding louder during nominal periods.
The DRC functionality in the TLV320AIC3100 is implemented by a combination of processing blocks in the
DAC channel as described in Section 5.5.1.2.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
55
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
DRC can be disabled by writing to page 0 / register 68, bits D6–D5.
DRC typically works on the filtered version of the input signal. The input signals have no audio information
at dc and extremely low frequencies; however, they can significantly influence the energy estimation
function in the dynamic range compressor (the DRC). Also, most of the information about signal energy is
concentrated in the low-frequency region of the input signal.
To estimate the energy of the input signal, the signal is first fed to the DRC high-pass filter and then to the
DRC low-pass filter. These filters are implemented as first-order IIR filters given by
HHPF (z) =
HLPF (z) =
N0 + N1z -1
215 - D1z -1
N0 + N1z
(6)
-1
215 - D1z -1
(7)
The coefficients for these filters are 16 bits wide in 2s-complement format and are user-programmable
through register write as given in Table 5-34.
Table 5-34. The DRC HPF and LPF Coefficients
Coefficient
Location
HPF N0
C71 page 9 / register 14 and page 9 / register 15
HPF N1
C72 page 9 / registers 16 and page 9 / register 17
HPF D1
C73 page 9 / registers 18 and page 9 / register 19
LPF N0
C74 page 9 / registers 20 and page 9 / register 21
LPF N1
C75 page 9 / registers 22 and page 9 / register 23
LPF D1
C76 page 9 / registers 24 and page 9 / register 25
The default values of these coefficients implement a high-pass filter with a cutoff at 0.00166 × DAC_fS,
and a low-pass filter with a cutoff at 0.00033 × DAC_fS.
The output of the DRC high-pass filter is fed to the processing block selected for the DAC channel. The
absolute value of the DRC LPF filter is used for energy estimation within the DRC.
The gain in the DAC digital volume control is controlled by page 0 / register 65 and page 0 / register 66.
When the DRC is enabled, the applied gain is a function of the digital volume control register setting and
the output of the DRC.
The DRC parameters are described in sections that follow.
5.5.4.1
DRC Threshold
The DRC threshold represents the level of the DAC playback signal at which the gain compression
becomes active. The output of the digital volume control in the DAC is compared with the set threshold.
The threshold value is programmable by writing to page 0 / register 68, bits D4–D2. The threshold value
can be adjusted between –3 dBFS and –24 dBFS in steps of 3 dB. Keeping the DRC threshold value too
high may not leave enough time for the DRC block to detect peaking signals, and can cause excessive
distortion at the outputs. Keeping the DRC threshold value too low can limit the perceived loudness of the
output signal.
The recommended DRC threshold value is –24 dB.
When the output signal exceeds the set DRC threshold, the interrupt flag bits at page 0 / register 44,
bits D3–D2 are updated. These flag bits are sticky in nature, and are reset only after they are read back
by the user. The non-sticky versions of the interrupt flags are also available at page 0 / register 46,
bits D3–D2.
56
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
5.5.4.2
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
DRC Hysteresis
DRC hysteresis is programmable by writing to page 0 / register 68, bits D1–D0. These bits can be
programmed to represent values between 0 dB and 3 dB in steps of 1 dB. It is a programmable window
around the programmed DRC threshold that must be exceeded for the disabled DRC to become enabled,
or the enabled DRC to become disabled. For example, if the DRC threshold is set to –12 dBFS and the
DRC hysteresis is set to 3 dB, then if the gain compression in the DRC is inactive, the output of the DAC
digital volume control must exceed –9 dBFS before gain compression due to the DRC is activated.
Similarly, when the gain compression in the DRC is active, the output of the DAC digital volume control
must fall below –15 dBFS for gain compression in the DRC to be deactivated. The DRC hysteresis feature
prevents the rapid activation and de-activation of gain compression in the DRC in cases when the output
of the DAC digital volume control rapidly fluctuates in a narrow region around the programmed DRC
threshold. By programming the DRC hysteresis as 0 dB, the hysteresis action is disabled.
The recommended value of DRC hysteresis is 3 dB.
5.5.4.3
DRC Hold Time
DRC hold is intended to slow the start of decay for a specified period of time in response to a decrease in
energy level. To minimize audible artifacts, it is recommended to set the DRC hold time to 0 through
programming page 0 / register 69, bits D6–D3 = 0000.
5.5.4.4
DRC Attack Rate
When the output of the DAC digital volume control exceeds the programmed DRC threshold, the gain
applied in the DAC digital volume control is progressively reduced to avoid the signal from saturating the
channel. This process of reducing the applied gain is called attack. To avoid audible artifacts, the gain is
reduced slowly with a rate equaling the attack rate, programmable via page 0 / register 70, bits D7–D4.
Attack rates can be programmed from 4-dB gain change per sample period to 1.2207e–5-dB gain change
per sample period.
Attack rates should be programmed such that before the output of the DAC digital volume control can clip,
the input signal should be sufficiently attenuated. High attack rates can cause audible artifacts, and tooslow attack rates may not be able to prevent the input signal from clipping.
The recommended DRC attack rate value is 1.9531e–4 dB per sample period.
5.5.4.5
DRC Decay Rate
When the DRC detects a reduction in output signal swing beyond the programmed DRC threshold, the
DRC enters a decay state, where the applied gain in the digital-volume control is gradually increased to
programmed values. To avoid audible artifacts, the gain is slowly increased with a rate equal to the decay
rate programmed through page 0 / register 70, bits D3–D0. The decay rates can be programmed from
1.5625e–3 dB per sample period to 4.7683e–7 dB per sample period. If the decay rates are programmed
too high, then sudden gain changes can cause audible artifacts. However, if it is programmed too slow,
then the output may be perceived as too low for a long time after the peak signal has passed.
The recommended value of DRC decay rate is 2.4414e–5 dB per sample period.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
57
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.5.4.6
•
•
•
•
•
•
www.ti.com
Example Setup for DRC
PGA gain = 12 dB
Threshold = –24 dB
Hysteresis = 3 dB
Hold time = 0 ms
Attack rate = 1.9531e–4 dB per sample period
Decay rate = 2.4414e–5 dB per sample period
Script
#Go to Page 0
w 30 00 00
#DAC => 12 db gain left
w 30 41 18
#DAC => 12 db gain right
w 30 42 18
#DAC => DRC Enabled for both channels, Threshold = -24 db, Hysteresis = 3 dB
w 30 44 7F
#DRC Hold = 0 ms, Rate of Changes of Gain = 0.5 dB/Fs'
w 30 45 00
#Attack Rate = 1.9531e-4 dB/Frame , DRC Decay Rate =2.4414e-5 dB/Frame
w 30 46 B6
#Go to Page 9
w 30 00 09
#DRC HPF
w 30 0E 7F AB 80 55 7F 56
#DRC LPF
W 30 14 00 11 00 11 7F DE
5.5.5
Headset Detection
The TLV320AIC3100 includes extensive capability to monitor a headphone, microphone, or headset jack,
to determine if a plug has been inserted into the jack, and then determine what type of
headset/headphone is wired to the plug. The device also includes the capability to detect a button press,
even, for example, when starting calls on mobile phones with headsets. Figure 5-34 shows the circuit
configuration to enable this feature.
s
s
g
HPR
g
s
HPL
s
Micpga
m
m
VOL/MICDET
MICBIAS
Micbias
Figure 5-34. Jack Connections for Headset Detection
58
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
This feature is enabled by programming page 0 / register 67, bit D1. In order to avoid false detections due
to mechanical vibrations in headset jacks or microphone buttons, a debounce function is provided for
glitch rejection. For the case of headset insertion, a debounce function with a range of 32 ms to 512 ms is
provided. This can be programmed via page 0 / register 67, bits D4–D2. For improved button-press
detection, the debounce function has a range of 8 ms to 32 ms by programming page 0 / register 67,
bits D1–D0.
The TLV320AIC3100 also provides feedback to the user through register-readable flags as well as an
interrupt on the I/O pins when a button press or a headset insertion/removal event is detected. The value
in page 0 / register 46, bits D5–D4 provides the instantaneous state of button press and headset insertion.
Page 0 / register 44, bit D5 is a sticky (latched) flag that is set when the button-press event is detected.
Page 0 / register 44, bit D4 is a sticky flag which is set when the headset insertion or removal event is
detected. These sticky flags are set by the event occurrence, and are reset only when read. This requires
polling page 0 / register 44. To avoid polling and the associated overhead, the TLV320AIC3100 also
provides an interrupt feature, whereby events can trigger the INT1 and/or INT2 interrupts. These interrupt
events can be routed to one of the digital output pins. See Section 5.5.6 for details.
The TLV320AIC3100 not only detects a headset insertion event, but also is able to distinguish between
the different headsets inserted, such as stereo headphones or cellular headphones. After the headsetdetection event, the user can read page 0 / register 67, bits D6–D5 to determine the type of headset
inserted.
Table 5-35. Headset-Detection Block Registers
Register
Description
Page 0 / register 67, bit D1
Headset-detection enable/disable
Page 0 / register 67, bits D4–D2
Debounce programmability for headset detection
Page 0 / register 67, bits D1–D0
Debounce programmability for button press
Page 0 / register 44, bit D5
Sticky flag for button-press event
Page 0 / register 44, bit D4
Sticky flag for headset-insertion or -removal event
Page 0/ register 46, bit D5
Status flag for button-press event
Page 0 / register 46, bit D4
Status flag for headset insertion and removal
Page 0 / register 67, bits D6–D5
Flags for type of headset detected
The headset detection block requires AVDD to be powered. The headset detection feature in the
TLV320AIC3100 is achieved with very low power overhead, requiring less than 20 μA of additional current
from the AVDD supply.
5.5.6
Interrupts
Some specific events in the TLV320AIC3100, which may require host processor intervention, can be used
to trigger interrupts to the host processor. This avoids polling the status-flag registers continuously. The
TLV320AIC3100 has two defined interrupts, INT1 and INT2, that can be configured by programming
page 0 / register 48 and page 0 / register 49. A user can configure interrupts INT1 and INT2 to be
triggered by one or many events, such as:
• Headset detection
• Button press
• DAC DRC signal exceeding threshold
• Noise detected by AGC
• Overcurrent condition in headphone drivers/speaker drivers
• Data overflow in ADC and DAC processing blocks and filters
• DC measurement data available
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
59
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Each of these INT1 and INT2 interrupts can be routed to output pins GPIO1 or DOUT. These interrupt
signals can either be configured as a single pulse or a series of pulses by programming page 0 /
register 48, bit D0 and page 0 / register 49, bit D0. If the user configures the interrupts as a series of
pulses, the events trigger the start of pulses that stop when the flag registers in page 0 / registers 44,
page 0 / register 45, and page 0 / register 50 are read by the user to determine the cause of the interrupt.
5.5.7
Key-Click Functionality With Digital Sine-Wave Generator (PRB_P25)
A special algorithm has been included in the digital signal processing block PRB_P25 for generating a
digital sine-wave signal that is sent to the DAC. The digital sine-wave generator is also referred to as the
beep generator in this document.
This functionality is intended for generating key-click sounds or beeps for user feedback. The sine-wave
generator is very flexible (see Table 5-36) and is completely register programmable. Programming page 0
/ register 71 through page 0 / register 79 (8 bits each) completely controls the functionality of this
generator and allows for differentiating sounds.
The two registers used for programming the 16-bit sine-wave coefficient are page 0 / register 76 and
page 0 / register 77. The two registers used for programming the 16-bit cosine-wave coefficient are
page 0 / register 78 and page 0 / register 79. This coefficient resolution allows virtually any frequency of
sine wave in the audio band to be generated, up to fS/2.
The three registers used to control the length of the sine-burst waveform are page 0 / register 73 through
page 0 / register 75. The resolution (bit) in the registers of the sine-burst length is one sample time, so this
allows great control on the overall time of the sine-burst waveform. This 24-bit length timer supports
16,777,215 sample times. (For example, if fS is set at 48 kHz, and the register value equals 96,000d
(01 7700h), then the sine burst lasts exactly 2 seconds.) The default settings for the tone generator, based
on using a sample rate of 48 kHz, are 1-kHz (approximately) sine wave, with a sine-burst length of five
cycles (5 ms).
Table 5-36. Beep Generator Register Locations (Page 00h)
REGISTER
LEFT
BEEP
CONTROL
RIGHT
BEEP
CONTROL
BEEP LENGTH
SINE
COSINE
MSB
MID
LSB
MSB
LSB
MSB
LSB
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
Table 5-37. Example Beep-Generator Settings for a 1000-Hz Tone
BEEP FREQUENCY
(1)
BEEP LENGTH
SINE
COSINE
SAMPLE RATE
Hz
MSB
(hex)
MID
(hex)
LSB
(hex)
MSB
(hex)
LSB
(hex)
MSB
(hex)
LSB
(hex)
Hz
1000 (1)
0
0
EE
10
D8
7E
E3
48,000
These are the default settings.
Two registers are used to control the left sine-wave volume and the right sine-wave volume independently.
The 6-bit digital volume control used allows level control of 2 dB to –61 dB in 1-dB steps. The left-channel
volume is controlled by writing to page 0 / register 71, bits D5–D0. The right-channel volume is controlled
by writing to page 0, register 72, bits D5–D0. A master volume control that controls the left and right
channels of the beep generator can be set up by writing to page 0 / register 72, bits D7–D6. The default
volume control setting is 2 dB, which provides the maximum tone-generator output level.
For generating other tones, the three tone-generator coefficients can be found by running the following
script using MATLAB™ :
Sine = dec2hex(round(sin(2*pi*Fin/Fs)*2^15))
Cosine = dec2hex(round(cos(2*pi*Fin/Fs)*2^15))
Beep Length = dec2hex(floor(Fs*Cycle/Fin))
where,
60
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
fin = Beep frequency desired
fS = Sample rate
Cycle = Number of beep (sine wave) cycles that are needed
dec2hex = Decimal to hexadecimal conversion function
NOTES:
1. fin should be less than fS/4.
2. For the sine and cosine values, if the number of bits is less than the full 16-bit value, then the unused
MSBs must be written as 0s.
3. For the beep-length values, if number of bits is less than the full 24-bit value, then the unused MSBs
must be written as 0s.
Following the beep-volume control is a digital mixer that mixes in a playback data stream whose level has
already been set by the DAC volume control. Therefore, once the key-click volume level is set, the keyclick volume is not affected by the DAC volume control, which is the main control available to the end
user. This functionality is shown in Figure 1-1.
Following the DAC, the signal can be further scaled by the analog output volume control and poweramplifier level control.
The beep generator is used for the key-click function. A single beep is generated by writing to page 0 /
register 71, bit D7. After the programmed beep length has finished, register 71, bit D7 is reset back to
zero.
5.5.8
Programming DAC Digital Filter Coefficients
The digital filter coefficients must be programmed through the I2C interface. All digital filtering for the DAC
signal path must be loaded into the RAM before the DAC is powered on. (Note that default ALLPASS filter
coefficients for programmable biquads are located in boot ROM. The boot ROM automatically loads the
default values into the RAM following a hardware reset (toggling the RESET pin) or after a software reset.
After resetting the device, loading boot ROM coefficients into the digital filters requires 100 μs of
programming time. During this time, reading or writing to page 8 through page 15 for updating DAC filter
coefficient values is not permitted. (The DAC should not be powered up until after all of the DAC
configurations have been done by the system microprocessor.)
5.5.9
Updating DAC Digital Filter Coefficients During PLAY
When it is required to update the DAC digital filter coefficients or beep generator during play, care must be
taken to avoid click and pop noise or even a possible oscillation noise. These artifacts can occur if the
DAC coefficients are updated without following the proper update sequence. The correct sequence is
shown in Figure 5-35. The values for times listed in Figure 5-35 are conservative and should be used for
software purposes.
There is also an adaptive mode, in which DAC coefficients can be updated while the DAC is on. For
details, see Section 5.5.1.3.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
61
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Play - Paused
Volume Ramp Down
Soft Mute
Wait (A) ms
DAC Volume Ramp Down WAIT Time (A)
For fS = 32 kHz ® Wait 25 ms (min)
DAC Power Down
Update
Digital Filter
Coefficients
For fS = 48 kHz ® Wait 20 ms (min)
DAC Volume Ramp Up Time (B)
For fS = 32 kHz ® 25 ms
DAC Power UP
For fS = 48 kHz ® 20 ms
Wait 20 ms
Restore Previous
Volume Level (Ramp)
in (B) ms
Play - Continue
F0024-02
Figure 5-35. Example Flow For Updating DAC Digital Filter Coefficients During Play
5.5.10 Digital Mixing and Routing
The TLV320AIC3100 has four digital mixing blocks. Each mixer can provide either mixing or multiplexing
of the digital audio data. This arrangement of digital mixers allows independent volume control for both the
playback data and the key-click sound. The first set of mixers can be used to make monaural signals from
left and right audio data, or they can even be used to swap channels to the DAC. This function is
accomplished by selecting left audio data for the right DAC input, and right data for the left DAC input. The
second set of mixers provides mixing of the audio data stream and the key-click sound. The digital routing
can be configured by writing to page 0 / register 63, bits D5–D4 for the left channel and bits D3–D2 for the
right channel.
Because the key-click function uses the digital signal processing block, the CODEC_CLKIN, DAC, analog
volume control, and output driver must be powered on for the key-click sound to occur.
62
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.5.11 Analog Audio Routing
The TLV320AIC3100 has the capability to route the DAC output to either the headphone or the speaker
output. If desirable, both output drivers can be operated at the same time while playing at different volume
levels. The TLV320AIC3100 provides various digital routing capabilities, allowing digital mixing or even
channel swapping in the digital domain. All analog outputs other than the selected ones can be powered
down for optimal power consumption.
5.5.11.1 Analog Output Volume Control
The output volume control can be used to fine-tune the level of the mixer amplifier signal supplied to the
headphone driver or the speaker driver. This architecture supports separate and concurrent volume levels
for each of the four output drivers. This volume control can also be used as part of the output pop-noise
reduction scheme. This feature is available even if the ADC and DAC are powered down.
5.5.11.2 Headphone Analog Output Volume Control
For the headphone outputs, the analog volume control has a range from 0 dB to –78 dB in 0.5-dB steps
for most of the useful range plus mute, which is shown in Table 5-38. This volume control includes softstepping logic. Routing the left-channel DAC output signal to the left-channel analog volume control is
done by writing to page 1 / register 35, bit D6. Routing the right-channel DAC output signal to the rightchannel analog volume control is done by writing to page 1 / register 35, bit D2.
Changing the left-channel analog volume for the headphone is controlled by writing to page 1 / register 36,
bits D6–D0. Changing the right-channel analog volume for the headphone is controlled by writing to
page 1 / register 37, bits D6–D0. Routing the signal from the output of the left-channel analog volume
control to the input of the left-channel headphone power amplifier is done by writing to page 1 /
register 36, bit D7. Routing the signal from the output of the right-channel analog volume control to the
input of the right-channel headphone power amplifier is done by writing to page 1 / register 37, bit D7.
The analog volume-control soft-stepping time is based on the setting in page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
63
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 5-38. Analog Volume Control for Headphone and Speaker Outputs (for D7 = 1) (1)
Register Value
D6–D0
(1)
Analog Gain
(dB)
Register Value
D6–D0
Analog Gain
(dB)
Register Value
D6–D0
Analog Gain
(dB)
Register Value
D6–D0
Analog Gain
(dB)
0
0.0
30
–15.0
60
–30.1
90
–45.2
1
–0.5
31
–15.5
61
–30.6
91
–45.8
2
–1.0
32
–16.0
62
–31.1
92
–46.2
3
–1.5
33
–16.5
63
–31.6
93
–46.7
4
–2.0
34
–17.0
64
–32.1
94
–47.4
5
–2.5
35
–17.5
65
–32.6
95
–47.9
6
–3.0
36
–18.1
66
–33.1
96
–48.2
7
–3.5
37
–18.6
67
–33.6
97
–48.7
8
–4.0
38
–19.1
68
–34.1
98
–49.3
9
–4.5
39
–19.6
69
–34.6
99
–50.0
10
–5.0
40
–20.1
70
–35.2
100
–50.3
11
–5.5
41
–20.6
71
–35.7
101
–51.0
12
–6.0
42
–21.1
72
–36.2
102
–51.4
13
–6.5
43
–21.6
73
–36.7
103
–51.8
14
–7.0
44
–22.1
74
–37.2
104
–52.2
15
–7.5
45
–22.6
75
–37.7
105
–52.7
16
–8.0
46
–23.1
76
–38.2
106
–53.7
17
–8.5
47
–23.6
77
–38.7
107
–54.2
18
–9.0
48
–24.1
78
–39.2
108
–55.3
19
–9.5
49
–24.6
79
–39.7
109
–56.7
20
–10.0
50
–25.1
80
–40.2
110
–58.3
21
–10.5
51
–25.6
81
–40.7
111
–60.2
22
–11.0
52
–26.1
82
–41.2
112
–62.7
23
–11.5
53
–26.6
83
–41.7
113
–64.3
24
–12.0
54
–27.1
84
–42.1
114
–66.2
25
–12.5
55
–27.6
85
–42.7
115
–68.7
26
–13.0
56
–28.1
86
–43.2
116
–72.2
27
–13.5
57
–28.6
87
–43.8
117–127
–78.3
28
–14.0
58
–29.1
88
–44.3
29
–14.5
59
–29.6
89
–44.8
Mute when D7 = 0 and D6–D0 = 127 (0x7F)
5.5.11.3 Class-D Speaker Analog Output Volume Control
For the speaker outputs, the analog volume control has a range from 0 dB to –78 dB in 0.5-dB steps for
most of the useful range plus mute, as seen in Table 5-38. The implementation includes soft-stepping
logic.
Routing the left-channel DAC output signal to the left-channel analog volume control is done by writing to
page 1 / register 35, bit D6. Varying the left-channel analog volume for the mono speaker amplifier is
controlled by writing to page 1 / register 38, bits D6–D0.
Routing the signal from the output of the mono analog volume control to the input of the mono speaker
amplifier is done by writing to page 1 / register 38, bit D7.
The analog volume-control soft-stepping time is based on the setting in page 0 / register 63, bits D1–D0.
64
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.5.12 Analog Outputs
Various analog routings are supported for playback. All the options can be conveniently viewed on the
functional block diagram, Figure 1-1.
5.5.12.1 Headphone Drivers
The TLV320AIC3100 features a stereo headphone driver (HPL and HPR) that can deliver up to 30 mW
per channel, at 3.3-V supply voltage, into a 16-Ω load. The headphones are used in a single-ended
configuration where an ac-coupling capacitor (dc-blocking) is connected between the device output pins
and the headphones. The headphone driver also supports 32-Ω and 10-kΩ loads without changing any
control register settings.
The headphone drivers can be configured to optimize the power consumption in the lineout-drive mode by
writing 11 to page 1 / register 44, bits D2–D1.
The output common mode of the headphone/lineout drivers can be programmed to 1.35 V, 1.5 V, 1.65 V,
or 1.8 V by setting page 1 / register 31, bits D4–D3. The common-mode voltage should be set ≤ AVDD/2.
The left headphone driver can be powered on by writing to page 1 / register 31, bit D7. The right
headphone driver can be powered on by writing to page 1 / register 31, bit D6. The left-output driver gain
can be controlled by writing to page 1 / register 40, bits D6–D3, and it can be muted by writing to page 1 /
register 40, bit D2. The right-output driver gain can be controlled by writing to page 1 / register 41,
bits D6–D3, and it can be muted by writing to page 1 / register 41, bit D2.
The TLV320AIC3100 has a short-circuit protection feature for the headphone drivers, which is always
enabled to provide protection. The output condition of the headphone driver during short circuit can be
programmed by writing to page 1 / register 31, bit D1. If D1 = 0 when a short circuit is detected, the device
limits the maximum current to the load. If D1 = 1 when a short circuit is detected, the device powers down
the output driver. The default condition for headphones is the current-limiting mode. In case of a short
circuit on either channel, the output is disabled and a status flag is provided as read-only bits on page 1 /
register 31, bit D0. If shutdown mode is enabled, then as soon as the short circuit is detected, page 1 /
register 31, bit D7 (for HPL) and/or page 1 / register 31, bit D6 (for HPR) clears automatically. Next, the
device requires a reset to re-enable the output stage. Resetting can be done in two ways. First, the device
master reset can be used, which requires either toggling the RESET pin or using the software reset. If
master reset is used, it resets all of the registers. Second, a dedicated headphone power-stage reset can
also be used to re-enable the output stage, and that keeps all of the other device settings. The headphone
power stage reset is done by setting page 1 / register 31, bit D7 for HPL and by setting page 1 /
register 31, bit D6 for HPR. If the fault condition has been removed, then the device returns to normal
operation. If the fault is still present, then another shutdown occurs. Repeated resetting (more than three
times) is not recommended, as this could lead to overheating.
5.5.12.2 Speaker Drivers
The TLV320AIC3100 has an integrated class-D mono speaker driver (SPKP/SPKM) capable of driving a
4-Ω differential load. The speaker driver can be powered directly from the battery supply (2.7 V to 5.5 V)
on the SPKVDD pins; however, the voltage (including spike voltage) must be limited below the absolutemaximum voltage of 6 V.
The speaker driver can supply 1 W of power into a 4-Ω differential load with a 3.6-V power supply. The
maximum power available is 2.5 W into a 4-Ω differential load with a 5.5-V power supply. Through the use
of digital mixing, the device can connect one or both digital-audio playback-data channels to either
speaker driver; this also allows digital channel swapping if needed.
The mono class-D speaker driver can be powered on by writing to page 1 / register 32, bit D7. The mono
output driver gain can be controlled by writing to page 1 / register 42, bits D4–D3, and it can be muted by
writing to page 1 / register 42, bit D2.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
65
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
The TLV320AIC3100 has a short-circuit protection feature for the speaker drivers that is always enabled
to provide protection. If the output is shorted, the output stage shuts down on the overcurrent condition.
(Current limiting is not an available option for the higher-current speaker driver output stage.) In case of a
short circuit on either channel, the output is disabled and a status flag is provided as a read-only bit on
page 1 / register 32, bit D0.
If shutdown occurs due to an overcurrent condition, then the device requires a reset to re-enable the
output stage. Resetting can be done in two ways. First, the device master reset can be used, which
requires either toggling the RESET pin or using the software reset. If master reset is used, it resets all of
the registers. Second, a dedicated speaker power-stage reset can be used that keeps all of the other
device settings. The speaker power-stage reset is done by setting page 1 / register 32, bit D7 for SPKP
and SPKM. If the fault condition has been removed, then the device returns to normal operation. If the
fault is still present, then another shutdown occurs. Repeated resetting (more than three times) is not
recommended, as this could lead to overheating.
To minimize battery-current leakage, the SPKVDD voltage levels should not be less than the AVDD
voltage level.
The TLV320AIC3100 has a thermal protection (OTP) feature for the speaker drivers which is always
enabled to provide protection. If the device is overheated, then the output stops switching. When the
device cools down, the device resumes switching. An overtemperature status flag is provided as a readonly bit on page 0 / register 3, bit D1. The OTP feature is for self-protection of the device. If die
temperature can be controlled at the system/board level, then overtemperature does not occur.
5.5.13 Audio Output-Stage Power Configurations
After the device has been configured (following a RESET) and the circuitry has been powered up, the
audio output stage can be powered up and powered down by register control.
These functions soft-start automatically. By using these register controls, it is possible to turn all four
stages on at the same time without turning two of them off.
See Table 5-39 for register control of audio output stage power configurations.
Table 5-39. Audio-Output Stage-Power Configurations
Audio Output Pins
HPL
HPR
SPKP / SPKM
5.6
Desired Function
Page 1 / Register, Bit Values
Power down HPL driver
Page 1 / register 31, bit D7 = 0
Power up HPL driver
Page 1 / register 31, bit D7 = 1
Power down HPR driver
Page 1 / register 31, bit D6 = 0
Power up HPR driver
Page 1 / register 31, bit D6 = 1
Power down class-D drivers
Page 1 / register 32, bit D7 = 0
Power up class-D drivers
Page 1 / register 32, bit D7 = 1
CLOCK Generation and PLL
The TLV320AIC3100 supports a wide range of options for generating clocks for the ADC and DAC
sections as well as interface and other control blocks as shown in Figure 5-36. The clocks for the ADC
and DAC require a source reference clock. This clock can be provided on a variety of device pins, such as
the MCLK, BCLK, or GPIO1 pins. The source reference clock for the codec can be chosen by
programming the CODEC_CLKIN value on page 0 / register 4, bits D1–D0. CODEC_CLKIN can then be
routed through the highly flexible clock dividers shown in Figure 5-36 to generate the various clocks
required for the ADC, DAC, and audio processing sections. In the event that the desired audio or
processing clocks cannot be generated from the reference clocks on MCLK, BCLK, or GPIO1, the
TLV320AIC3100 also provides the option of using the on-chip PLL, which supports a wide range of
fractional multiplication values to generate the required clocks. Starting from CODEC_CLKIN, the
TLV320AIC3100 provides several programmable clock dividers to help achieve a variety of sampling rates
for the ADC, DAC, and clocks for the processing blocks.
66
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
BCLK
MCLK
DIN
GPIO1
PLL_CLKIN
PLL
´ (R ´ J.D)/P
BCLK
MCLK
GPIO1
PLL_CLK
CODEC_CLKIN
¸ NDAC
To DAC_PRB
Clock Generation
NDAC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128
¸ NADC
NADC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128
DAC_CLK
To ADC_PRB
Clock Generation
ADC_CLK
¸ MDAC
MDAC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128
¸ MADC
MADC = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128
ADC_MOD_CLK
DAC_MOD_CLK
¸ DOSR
DOSR = 1, 2, ..., 1023, 1024
¸ AOSR
DAC_fS
AOSR = 1, 2, ..., 255, 256
ADC_fS
B0357-05
Figure 5-36. Clock Distribution Tree
DAC _ MOD _ CLK =
DAC _ fS =
CODEC _ CLKIN
NDAC ´ MDAC
CODEC _ CLKIN
NDAC ´ MDAC ´ DOSR
ADC _ MOD _ CLK =
ADC _ fS =
CODEC _ CLKIN
NADC ´ MADC
CODEC _ CLKIN
NADC ´ MADC ´ AOSR
(8)
Table 5-40. CODEC CLKIN Clock Dividers
Divider
Bits
NDAC
Page 0 / register 11, bits D6–D0
MDAC
Page 0 / register 12, bits D6–D0
DOSR
Page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 and page 0 / register 14, bits D7–D0
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
67
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 5-40. CODEC CLKIN Clock Dividers (continued)
Divider
Bits
NADC
Page 0 / register 18, bits D6–D0
MADC
Page 0 / register 19, bits D6–D0
AOSR
Page 0 / register 20, bits D7–D0
The DAC modulator is clocked by DAC_MOD_CLK. For proper power-up operation of the DAC channel,
DAC_MOD_CLK must be enabled by configuring the NDAC and MDAC clock dividers (page 0 /
register 11, bit D7 = 1 and page 0 / register 12, bit D7 = 1). When the DAC channel is powered down, the
device internally initiates a power-down sequence for proper shutdown. During this shutdown sequence,
the NDAC and MDAC dividers must not be powered down, or else a proper low-power shutdown may not
take place. The user can read back the power-status flag at page 0 / register 37, bit D7 and page 0 /
register 37, bit D3. When both the flags indicate power-down, the MDAC divider may be powered down,
followed by the NDAC divider. Note that when the ADC clock dividers are powered down, the ADC clock
is derived from the DAC clocks.
The ADC modulator is clocked by ADC_MOD_CLK. For proper power-up of the ADC channel, these
clocks are enabled by the NADC and MADC clock dividers (page 0 / register 18, bit D7 = 1 and page 0 /
register 19, bit D7 = 1). When the ADC channel is powered down, the device internally initiates a powerdown sequence for proper shutdown. During this shutdown sequence, the NADC and MADC dividers must
not be powered down, or else a proper low-power shutdown may not take place. The user can read back
the power-status flag from page 0 / register 36, bit D6. When this flag indicates power down, the MADC
divider may be powered down, followed by NADC divider.
When ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) is derived from the NDAC divider output, the NDAC must be kept
powered up until the power-down status flags for ADC do not indicate power down. When the input to the
AOSR clock divider is derived from DAC_MOD_CLK, then MDAC must be powered up when ADC_fS is
needed (i.e., when WCLK is generated by the TLV320AIC3100 or AGC is enabled) and can be powered
down only after the ADC power-down flags indicate power-down status.
In general, for proper operation, all the root clock dividers should be powered down only after the child
clock dividers have been powered down.
The TLV320AIC3100 also has options for routing some of the internal clocks to the output pins of the
device to be used as general-purpose clocks in the system. The feature is shown in Figure 5-37.
DAC_MOD_CLK
DAC_CLK
ADC_MOD_CLK
ADC_CLK
BDIV_CLKIN
÷N
N = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128
BCLK
Figure 5-37. BCLK Output Options
68
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
In the mode when the TLV320AIC3100 is configured to drive the BCLK pin (page 0 / register 27,
bit D3 = 1), it can be driven as the divided value of BDIV_CLKIN. The division value can be programmed
from 1 to 128 in page 0 / register 30, bits D6–D0. BDIV_CLKIN can itself be configured to be one of
DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock), DAC_MOD_CLK, ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock) or ADC_MOD_CLK by
configuring the BDIV_CLKIN multiplexer in page 0 / register 29, bits D1–D0. Additionally, a generalpurpose clock can be driven out on either GPIO1 or DOUT.
This clock can be a divided-down version of CDIV_CLKIN. The value of this clock divider can be
programmed from 1 to 128 by writing to page 0 / register 26, bits D6–D0. CDIV_CLKIN can itself be
programmed as one of the clocks among the list shown in Figure 5-38. This can be controlled by
programming the multiplexer in page 0 / register 25, bits D2–D0.
PLL_CLK
MCLK
BCLK
DIN
DAC_MOD_CLK
DAC_CLK
ADC_MOD_CLK
ADC_CLK
CDIV_CLKIN
M = 1, 2, ..., 127, 128
÷M
CLKOUT
GPIO1
DOUT
Figure 5-38. General-Purpose Clock Output Options
Table 5-41. Maximum TLV320AIC3100 Clock Frequencies
Clock
DVDD ≥ 1.65 V
CODEC_CLKIN
≤ 110 MHz
ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock)
≤ 49.152 MHz
ADC_PRB_CLK
≤ 24.576 MHz
ADC_MOD_CLK
6.758 MHz
ADC_fS
0.192 MHz
DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock)
≤ 49.152 MHz
DAC_PRB_CLK
≤ 49.152 MHz with DRC disabled
≤ 48 MHz with DRC enabled
DAC_MOD_CLK
6.758 MHz
DAC_fS
0.192 MHz
BDIV_CLKIN
55 MHz
CDIV_CLKIN
100 MHz when M is odd
110 MHz when M is even
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
69
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.6.1
www.ti.com
PLL
For lower power consumption, it is best to derive the internal audio processing clocks using the simple
dividers. When the input MCLK or other source clock is not an integer multiple of the audio processing
clocks, then it is necessary to use the on-board PLL. The TLV320AIC3100 fractional PLL can be used to
generate an internal master clock used to produce the processing clocks needed by the ADC, DAC, and
processing blocks. The programmability of this PLL allows operation from a wide variety of clocks that
may be available in the system.
The PLL input supports clocks varying from 512 kHz to 20 MHz and is register-programmable to enable
generation of the required sampling rates with fine resolution. The PLL can be turned on by writing to
page 0 / register 5, bit D7. When the PLL is enabled, the PLL output clock, PLL_CLK, is given by the
following equation:
PLL_CLKIN ´ R ´ J.D
PLL_CLK =
P
(9)
where
R = 1, 2, 3, ..., 16 (page 0 / register 5, default value = 1)
J = 1, 2, 3, … , 63, (page 0 / register 6, default value = 4)
D = 0, 1, 2, …, 9999 (page 0 / register 7 and page 0 / register 8, default value = 0)
P = 1, 2, 3, …, 8 (page 0 / register 5, default value = 1)
The PLL can be turned on via page 0 / register 5, bit D7. The variable P can be programmed via page 0 /
register 5, bits D6–D4. The variable R can be programmed via page 0 / register 5, bits D3–D0. The
variable J can be programmed via page 0 / register 6, bits D5–D0. The variable D is 14 bits and is
programmed into two registers. The MSB portion can be programmed via page 0 / register 7, bits D5–D0,
and the LSB portion is programmed via page 0 / register 8, bits D7–D0. For proper update of the D divider
value, page 0 / register 7 must be programmed first, followed immediately by page 0 / register 8. Unless
the write to page 0 / register 8 is completed, the new value of D does not take effect.
When the PLL is enabled, the following conditions must be satisfied:
• When the PLL is enabled and D = 0, the following conditions must be satisfied for PLL_CLKIN:
PLL _ CLKIN
512kHz £
£ 20MHz
P
(10)
80 MHz ≤ (PLL_CLKIN × J.D × R/P) ≤ 110 MHz
4 ≤ R × J ≤ 259
When the PLL is enabled and D ≠ 0, the following conditions must be satisfied for PLL_CLKIN:
PLL _ CLKIN
10MHz £
£ 20MHz
P
(11)
•
80 MHz ≤ PLL_CLKIN × J.D × R/P ≤ 11 MHz
R=1
The PLL can be powered up independently from the ADC and DAC blocks, and can also be used as a
general-purpose PLL by routing its output to the GPIO output. After powering up the PLL, PLL_CLK is
available typically after 10 ms.
The clocks for the codec and various signal processing blocks, CODEC_CLKIN, can be generated from
the MCLK input, BCLK input, GPIO input, or PLL_CLK (page 0 / register 4, bits D1–D0).
If CODEC_CLKIN is derived from the PLL, then the PLL must be powered up first and powered down last.
Table 5-42 lists several example cases of typical PLL_CLKIN rates and how to program the PLL to
achieve a sample rate fS of either 44.1 kHz or 48 kHz.
70
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 5-42. PLL Example Configurations
PLL_CLKIN
(MHz)
PLLP
PLLR
PLLJ
2.8224
1
3
10
5.6448
PLLD
MADC
NADC
AOSR
MDAC
NDAC
DOSR
0
3
5
128
3
5
128
fS = 44.1 kHz
1
3
5
0
3
5
128
3
5
128
12
1
1
7
560
3
5
128
3
5
128
13
1
1
6
3504
2
9
104
6
3
104
16
1
1
5
2920
3
5
128
3
5
128
19.2
1
1
4
4100
3
5
128
3
5
128
48
4
1
7
560
3
5
128
3
5
128
2.048
1
3
14
0
2
7
128
7
2
128
3.072
1
4
7
0
2
7
128
7
2
128
4.096
1
3
7
0
2
7
128
7
2
128
6.144
1
2
7
0
2
7
128
7
2
128
8.192
1
4
3
0
2
8
128
4
4
128
12
1
1
7
1680
2
7
128
7
2
128
fS = 48 kHz
16
1
1
5
3760
2
7
128
7
2
128
19.2
1
1
4
4800
2
7
128
7
2
128
48
4
1
7
1680
2
7
128
7
2
128
5.6.2
Timer
The internal clock runs nominally at 8.2 MHz. This is used for various internal timing intervals, de-bounce
logic, and interrupts. The MCLK divider must be set such a way that the divider output is approximately 1
MHz for the timers to be closer to the programmed value.
Powered on if
internal oscillator is
selected
Internal
Oscillator
÷8
0
Interval timers
MCLK
Programmable
Divider
Used for de-bounce time for
headset detection logic,
various power up timers and
for generation of interrupts
1
P3/R16, Bits D6-D0
P3/R16, Bit D7
Figure 5-39. Interval Timer Clock Selection
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
71
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.7
www.ti.com
Digital Audio and Control Interface
5.7.1
Digital Audio Interface
Audio data is transferred between the host processor and the TLV320AIC3100 via the digital audio data
serial interface, or audio bus. The audio bus on this device is very flexible, including left- or right-justified
data options, support for I2S or PCM protocols, programmable data length options, a TDM mode for
multichannel operation, very flexible master/slave configurability for each bus-clock line, and the ability to
communicate with multiple devices within a system directly.
The audio bus of the TLV320AIC3100 can be configured for left- or right-justified, I2S, DSP, or TDM
modes of operation, where communication with standard telephony PCM interfaces is supported within the
TDM mode. These modes are all MSB-first, with data width programmable as 16, 20, 24, or 32 bits by
configuring page 0 / register 27, bits D5–D4. In addition, the word clock and bit clock can be
independently configured in either master or slave mode, for flexible connectivity to a wide variety of
processors. The word clock is used to define the beginning of a frame, and may be programmed as either
a pulse or a square-wave signal. The frequency of this clock corresponds to the maximum of the selected
ADC and DAC sampling frequencies.
The bit clock is used to clock in and clock out the digital audio data across the serial bus. When in master
mode, this signal can be programmed to generate variable clock pulses by controlling the bit-clock divider
in page 0 / register 30 (see Figure 5-36). The number of bit-clock pulses in a frame may need adjustment
to accommodate various word lengths as well as to support the case when multiple TLV320AIC3100s may
share the same audio bus.
The TLV320AIC3100 also includes a feature to offset the position of start of data transfer with respect to
the word clock. This offset can be controlled in terms of number of bit-clocks and can be programmed in
page 0 / register 28.
The TLV320AIC3100 also has the feature of inverting the polarity of the bit clock used for transferring the
audio data as compared to the default clock polarity used. This feature can be used independently of the
mode of audio interface chosen. This can be configured via page 0 / register 29, bit D3.
The TLV320AIC3100 further includes programmability (page 0 / register 27, bit D0) to place the DOUT line
in the high-impedance state during all bit clocks when valid data is not being sent. By combining this
capability with the ability to program at what bit clock in a frame the audio data begins, time-division
multiplexing (TDM) can be accomplished, enabling the use of multiple codecs on a single audio serial data
bus. When the audio serial data bus is powered down while configured in master mode, the pins
associated with the interface are put into a high-impedance output condition. Also, DOUT control on
page 0 / register 53, bit D4 allows the bus-keeper feature to be enabled/disabled. When enabled, the last
valid data on DOUT is held (weakly driven) during the non-data time. When disabled, DOUT is placed in a
high-impeance state when page 0 / register 27, bit D0 is enabled (1).
By default, when the word clocks and bit clocks are generated by the TLV320AIC3100, these clocks are
active only when the codecs (ADC, DAC or both) are powered up within the device. This is done to save
power. However, it also supports a feature when both the word clocks and bit clocks can be active even
when the codec in the device is powered down. This is useful when using the TDM mode with multiple
codecs on the same bus, or when word clocks or bit clocks are used in the system as general-purpose
clocks.
5.7.1.1
Right-Justified Mode
The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can be put into the right-justified mode by programming
page 0 / register 27, bits D7–D6 = 10. In right-justified mode, the LSB of the left channel is valid on the
rising edge of the bit clock preceding the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the LSB of the right
channel is valid on the rising edge of the bit clock preceding the rising edge of the word clock.
72
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
1/fs
WCLK
BCLK
Left Channel
DIN/DOUT
0
n-1 n-2 n-3
Right Channel
2
MSB
1
0
n-1 n-2 n-3
LSB
2
MSB
1
0
LSB
Figure 5-40. Timing Diagram for Right-Justified Mode
For the right-justified mode, the number of bit clocks per frame should be greater than or equal to twice
the programmed word length of the data.
5.7.1.2
Left-Justified Mode
The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can be put into left-justified mode by programming page 0 /
register 27, bits D7–D6 = 11. In left-justified mode, the MSB of the right channel is valid on the rising edge
of the bit clock following the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the MSB of the left channel is valid
on the rising edge of the bit clock following the rising edge of the word clock.
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
LD(n)
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
LD(n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-41. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
0
LD(n)
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
LD(n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-42. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode With Offset = 1
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
73
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
WORD
CLOCK
www.ti.com
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
N N N
- - 1 2 3
DATA
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
LD(n)
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
3
LD(n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-43. Timing Diagram for Left-Justified Mode With Offset = 0 and Inverted Bit Clock
For the left-justified mode, the number of bit clocks per frame should be greater than or equal to twice the
programmed word length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number
of bit clocks per frame by at least the programmed word length of the data.
5.7.1.3
I2S Mode
The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can be put into I2S mode by programming page 0 / register 27,
bits D7–D6 = to 00. In I2S mode, the MSB of the left channel is valid on the second rising edge of the bit
clock after the falling edge of the word clock. Similarly, the MSB of the right channel is valid on the second
rising edge of the bit clock after the rising edge of the word clock.
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
LD(n)
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
3
LD(n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-44. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
LD(n)
N
1
5
4
3
2
1
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
N
1
5
LD (n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-45. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode With Offset = 2
74
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
LD(n)
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
3
LD(n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-46. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode With Offset = 0 and Bit Clock Inverted
For I2S mode, the number of bit clocks per channel should be greater than or equal to the programmed
word length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number of bit clocks
per frame by at least the programmed word length of the data.
Figure 5-47 shows the timing diagram for I2S mode for the monoaural audio ADC.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
75
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
0
LSB
1
2
MSB
n–1 n–2 n–3
0
LSB
1
2
MSB
n–1 n–2 n–3
0
LSB
0
LSB
n–1 n–2 n–3
1
2
n–1 n–2 n–3
MSB
DOUT
BCLK
WCLK
1 Clock Before MSB
1/fS
MSB
2
1
ADC Mono Channel (D0)
ADC Mono Channel (D0)
ADC Mono Channel (D1)
1/fS
ADC Mono Channel (D1)
n–1
T0202-03
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Figure 5-47. Timing Diagram for I2S Mode for Monaural Audio ADC
76
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
5.7.1.4
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
DSP Mode
The audio interface of the TLV320AIC3100 can be put into DSP mode by programming page 0 /
register 27, bits D7–D6 = 01. In DSP mode, the falling edge of the word clock starts the data transfer with
the left-channel data first and immediately followed by the right-channel data. Each data bit is valid on the
falling edge of the bit clock.
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
0
N N N
- - 1 2 3
LD(n)
3
2
1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
3
LD (n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-48. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2 1 0
N N N
- - 1 2 3
LD(n)
3 2 1
N N N
- - 1 2 3
0
RD(n)
LD(n) = n'th sample of left channel data
LD(n+1)
RD(n) = n'th sample of right channel data
Figure 5-49. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode With Offset = 1
WORD
CLOCK
LEFT CHANNEL
RIGHT CHANNEL
BIT
CLOCK
DATA
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
0
LD(n)
N N N
- - 1 2 3
3
2
1
0
N N N
- - 1 2 3
RD(n)
3
LD(n+1)
Figure 5-50. Timing Diagram for DSP Mode With Offset = 0 and Bit Clock Inverted
For the DSP mode, the number of bit clocks per frame should be greater than or equal to twice the
programmed word length of the data. Also, the programmed offset value should be less than the number
of bit clocks per frame by at least the programmed word length of the data.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
77
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.7.2
www.ti.com
Primary and Secondary Digital Audio Interface Selection
The audio serial interface on the TLV320AIC3100 has extensive I/O control to allow communication with
two independent processors for audio data. The processors can communicate with the device one at a
time. This feature is enabled by register programming of the various pin selections. Table 5-43 shows the
primary and secondary audio interface selection and registers. Table 5-44 shows the selection criteria for
generating ADC_WCLK. Figure 5-51 is a high-level diagram showing the general signal flow and
multiplexing for the primary and secondary audio interfaces. For detailed information, see Table 5-43,
Table 5-44, and the register definitions in Section 6.
Table 5-43. Primary and Secondary Audio Interface Selection
Desired Pin
Function
Possible
Pins
Primary WCLK
(OUT)
WCLK
Primary WCLK (IN)
WCLK
Primary BCLK
(OUT)
BCLK
Primary BCLK (IN)
BCLK
Primary DIN (IN)
Primary DOUT
(OUT)
DIN
DOUT
GPIO1
Secondary WCLK
(OUT)
DOUT
Secondary WCLK
(IN)
GPIO1
GPIO1
Secondary BCLK
(OUT)
DOUT
Secondary BCLK
(IN)
Secondary DIN (IN)
Secondary DOUT
(OUT)
78
GPIO1
GPIO1
GPIO1
Page 0 Registers
Comment
R27/D2 = 1
Primary WCLK is output from codec
R33/D5–D4
Select source of primary WCLK (DAC_fS, ADC_fS, or secondary WCLK)
R27/D2 = 0
Primary WCLK is input to codec
R27/D3 = 1
Primary BCLK is output from codec
R33/D7
Select source of primary WCLK (internal BCLK or secondary BCLK)
R27/D3 = 0
Primary BCLK is input to codec
R32/D0
Select DIN to internal interface (0 = primary DIN; 1 = secondary DIN)
R53/D3–D1 = 001
DOUT = primary DOUT for codec interface
R33/D1
Select source for DOUT (0 = DOUT from interface block; 1 = secondary DIN)
R31/D4–D2 = 000
Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 1001
GPIO1 = secondary WCLK output
R33/D3–D2
Select source of secondary WCLK (DAC_fS, ADC_fS, or primary WCLK)
R31/D4–D2 = 011
Secondary WCLK obtained from DOUT pin
R53/D3–D1 = 111
DOUT = secondary WCLK output
R33/D3–D2
Select source of secondary WCLK (DAC_fS, ADC_fS, or primary WCLK)
R31/D4–D2 = 000
Secondary WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0001
GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R31/D7–D5 = 000
Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 1000
GPIO1 = secondary BCLK output
R33/D6
Select source of secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)
R31/D7–D5 = 011
Secondary BCLK obtained from DOUT pin
R53/D3–D1 = 110
DOUT = secondary BCLK output
R33/D6
Select source of secondary BCLK (primary BCLK or internal BCLK)
R31/D7–D5 = 000
Secondary BCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0001
GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R31/D1–D0 = 00
Secondary DIN obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0001
GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R51/D5–D2 = 1011
GPIO1 = secondary DOUT
R33/D0
Select source for secondary DOUT (0 = primary DIN; 1 = DOUT from
interface block)
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 5-44. Generation of ADC_WCLK
ADC_WCLK
Direction
OUTPUT
INPUT
Possible
Pins
Page 0 Registers
GPIO1
GPIO1
Comment
R32/D7–D5 = 000
ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0111
GPIO1 = ADC_WCLK
R32/D1
Select source of internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)
R32/D7–D5 = 000
ADC_WCLK obtained from GPIO1 pin
R51/D5–D2 = 0001
GPIO1 enabled as secondary input
R32/D1
Select source of internal ADC_WCLK (0 = DAC_WCLK; 1 = ADC_WCLK)
BCLK
BCLK
BCLK
BCLK_INT
S_BCLK
S_BCLK
BCLK_OUT
WCLK
WCLK
WCLK
DAC_WCLK_INT
S_WCLK
DAC_fS
S_WCLK
ADC_fS
Audio
Digital
Serial
Interface
DIN
DOUT
WCLK
ADC_WCLK_INT
DOUT_int
ADC_WCLK
DOUT
DIN
S_DIN
Primary
Audio
Processor
DIN
DIN_INT
S_DIN
GPIO1
ADC_WCLK
ADC_fS
GPIO1
BCLK
BCLK2
S_BCLK
BCLK
DOUT
BCLK_OUT
BCLK_OUT
Secondary
Audio
Processor
GPIO1
WCLK
Clock
Generation
DAC_fS
S_WCLK
WCLK2
DOUT
WCLK
DAC_fS
ADC_fS
ADC_fS
GPIO1
DOUT
S_DIN
DOUT_int
GPIO1
DIN
(S_DOUT)
DIN
Figure 5-51. Audio Serial Interface Multiplexing
5.7.3
Control Interface
The TLV320AIC3100 control interface supports the I2C communication protocol.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
79
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
5.7.3.1
www.ti.com
I2C Control Mode
The TLV320AIC3100 supports the I2C control protocol, and responds to the I2C address of 0011 000. I2C
is a two-wire, open-drain interface supporting multiple devices and masters on a single bus. Devices on
the I2C bus only drive the bus lines LOW by connecting them to ground; they never drive the bus lines
HIGH. Instead, the bus wires are pulled HIGH by pullup resistors, so the bus wires are HIGH when no
device is driving them LOW. This way, two devices cannot conflict; if two devices drive the bus
simultaneously, there is no driver contention.
Communication on the I2C bus always takes place between two devices, one acting as the master and the
other acting as the slave. Both masters and slaves can read and write, but slaves can only do so under
the direction of the master. Some I2C devices can act as masters or slaves, but the TLV320AIC3100 can
only act as a slave device.
An I2C bus consists of two lines, SDA and SCL. SDA carries data, and the SCL signal provides the clock.
All data is transmitted across the I2C bus in groups of eight bits. To send a bit on the I2C bus, the SDA line
is driven to the appropriate level while SCL is LOW (a LOW on SDA indicates the bit is zero, while a HIGH
indicates the bit is one).
Once the SDA line has settled, the SCL line is brought HIGH, then LOW. This pulse on the SCL line
clocks the SDA bit into the receiver shift register.
The I2C bus is bidirectional: the SDA line is used both for transmitting and receiving data. When a master
reads from a slave, the slave drives the data line; when a master sends to a slave, the master drives the
data line.
Most of the time the bus is idle, no communication is taking place, and both lines are HIGH. When
communication is taking place, the bus is active. Only master devices can start communication on the bus.
Normally, the data line is only allowed to change state while the clock line is LOW. If the data line changes
state while the clock line is HIGH, it is either a START condition or its counterpart, a STOP condition. A
START condition is when the clock line is HIGH and the data line goes from HIGH to LOW. A STOP
condition is when the clock line is HIGH and the data line goes from LOW to HIGH.
After the master issues a START condition, it sends a byte that selects the slave device for
communication. This byte is called the address byte. Each device on an I2C bus has a unique 7-bit
address to which it responds. (Slaves can also have 10-bit addresses; see the I2C specification for
details.) The master sends an address in the address byte, together with a bit that indicates whether it is
to read from or write to the slave device.
Every byte transmitted on the I2C bus, whether it is address or data, is acknowledged with an
acknowledge bit. When a master has finished sending a byte (eight data bits) to a slave, it stops driving
SDA and waits for the slave to acknowledge the byte. The slave acknowledges the byte by pulling SDA
LOW. The master then sends a clock pulse to clock the acknowledge bit. Similarly, when a master has
finished reading a byte, it pulls SDA LOW to acknowledge this to the slave. It then sends a clock pulse to
clock the bit. (Remember that the master always drives the clock line.)
A not-acknowledge is performed by simply leaving SDA HIGH during an acknowledge cycle. If a device is
not present on the bus, and the master attempts to address it, it receives a not-acknowledge because no
device is present at that address to pull the line LOW.
When a master has finished communicating with a slave, it may issue a STOP condition. When a STOP
condition is issued, the bus becomes idle again. A master may also issue another START condition. When
a START condition is issued while the bus is active, it is called a repeated START condition.
The TLV320AIC3100 can also respond to and acknowledge a general call, which consists of the master
issuing a command with a slave address byte of 00h. This feature is disabled by default, but can be
enabled via page 0 / register 34, bit D5.
80
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
SCL
DA(6)
SDA
Start
(M)
DA(0)
7-bit Device Address
(M)
RA(7)
Write
(M)
Slave
Ack
(S)
RA(0)
8-bit Register Address
(M)
D(7)
Slave
Ack
(S)
D(0)
8-bit Register Data
(M)
Slave
Ack
(S)
Stop
(M)
(M) => SDA Controlled by Master
(S) => SDA Controlled by Slave
Figure 5-52. I2C Write
SCL
DA(6)
SDA
Start
(M)
DA(0)
7-bit Device Address
(M)
RA(7)
Write
(M)
Slave
Ack
(S)
DA(6)
RA(0)
8-bit Register Address
(M)
Slave
Ack
(S)
Repeat
Start
(M)
DA(0)
7-bit Device Address
(M)
D(7)
Read
(M)
Slave
Ack
(S)
8-bit Register Data
(S)
D(0)
Master
No Ack
(M)
Stop
(M)
(M) => SDA Controlled by Master
(S) => SDA Controlled by Slave
Figure 5-53. I2C Read
In the case of an I2C register write, if the master does not issue a STOP condition, then the device enters
auto-increment mode. So in the next eight clocks, the data on SDA is treated as data for the next
incremental register.
Similarly, in the case of an I2C register read, after the device has sent out the 8-bit data from the
addressed register, if the master issues an ACKNOWLEDGE, the slave takes over control of the SDA bus
and transmits for the next eight clocks the data of the next incremental register.
APPLICATION INFORMATION
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
81
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
6 REGISTER MAP
6.1
TLV320AIC3100 Register Map
All features on this device are addressed using the I2C bus. All of the writable registers can be read back.
However, some registers contain status information or data, and are available for reading only.
The TLV320AIC3100 contains several pages of 8-bit registers, and each page can contain up to 128
registers. The register pages are divided up based on functional blocks for this device. Page 0 is the
default home page after RESET. Page control is done by writing a new page value into register 0 of the
current page.
The control registers for the TLV320AIC3100 are described in detail as follows. All registers are 8 bits in
width, with D7 referring to the most-significant bit of each register, and D0 referring to the least-significant
bit.
Pages 0, 1, 3, 4–5, 8–9, 12–13 are available for use; however, all other pages and registers are reserved.
Do not read from or write to reserved pages and registers. Also, do not write other than the reset values
for the reserved bits and read-only bits of non-reserved registers; otherwise, device functionality failure
can occur.
Table 6-1. Summary of Register Map
Page Number
6.2
Description
0
Page 0 is the default page on power up. Configuration for serial interface, digital I/O, clocking, ADC, DAC settings, etc.
1
Configuration for analog PGAs, ADC, DAC, output drivers, volume controls, etc.
3
Register 16 controls the MCLK divider that controls the interrupt pulse duration, debounce timing, and detection block
clock
4–5
ADC AGC and filter coefficients
8–9
DAC Buffer A filter and DRC coefficients
12–13
DAC Buffer B filter and DRC coefficients
Control Registers, Page 0 (Default Page): Clock Multipliers, Dividers, Serial
Interfaces, Flags, Interrupts, and GPIOs
Page 0 / Register 0: Page Control Register
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Page 0 selected
Page 1 selected
Page 254 selected
Page 255 selected
Page 0 / Register 1: Software Reset
BIT
D7–D1
D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 000
0
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0: Don't care
1: Self-clearing software reset for control register
Page 0 / Register 2: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
82
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 3: OT FLAG
D7-D2
D1
READ/
WRITE
R
R
RESET
VALUE
XXXX
1
D0
R/W
XX
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these bits.
0: Overtemperature protection flag (active-low). Valid only if speaker amplifier is powered up
1: Normal operation
Reserved. Do not write to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 4: Clock-Gen Muxing (1)
D7–D4
D3–D2
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
00
D1–D0
R/W
00
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
00: PLL_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)
01: PLL_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)
10: PLL_CLKIN = GPIO1 (device pin)
11: PLL_CLKIN = DIN (can be used for the system where DAC is not used)
00: CODEC_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)
01: CODEC_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)
10: CODEC_CLKIN = GPIO1 (device pin)
11: CODEC_CLKIN = PLL_CLK (generated on-chip)
See for more details on clock generation mutiplexing and dividers.
Page 0 / Register 5: PLL P and R-VAL
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D4
R/W
001
D3–D0
R/W
0001
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
00 0100
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: PLL is powered down.
1: PLL is powered up.
000: PLL divider P = 8
001: PLL divider P = 1
010: PLL divider P = 2
...
110: PLL divider P = 6
111: PLL divider P = 7
0000: PLL multiplier R = 16
0001: PLL multiplier R = 1
0010: PLL multiplier R = 2
...
1110: PLL multiplier R = 14
1111: PLL multiplier R = 15
Page 0 / Register 6: PLL J-VAL
BIT
D7–D6
D5–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
00 0000: Do not use (reserved)
00 0001: PLL multiplier J = 1
00 0010: PLL multiplier J = 2
...
11 1110: PLL multiplier J = 62
11 1111: PLL multiplier J = 63
Table 6-2. Page 0 / Register 7: PLL D-VAL MSB (1)
BIT
D7–D6
D5–D0
(1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
00 0000
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
PLL fractional multiplier D-Val MSB bits D[13:8]
Note that this registeris updated only when page 0 / register 8 is written immediately after page 0 / register 7.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
83
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 8: PLL D-VAL LSB (1)
BIT
D7–D0
(1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
PLL fractional multiplier D-Val LSB bits D[7:0]
Note that page 0 / Register 8 must be written immediately after page 0 / Register 7.
Page 0 / Registers 9–10: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 11: DAC NDAC_VAL
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: DAC NDAC divider is powered down.
1: DAC NDAC divider is powered up.
000 0000: DAC NDAC divider = 128
000 0001: DAC NDAC divider = 1
000 0010: DAC NDAC divider = 2
...
111 1110: DAC NDAC divider = 126
111 1111: DAC NDAC divider = 127
Page 0 / Register 12: DAC MDAC_VAL
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: DAC MDAC divider is powered down.
1: DAC MDAC divider is powered up.
000 0000: DAC MDAC divider = 128
000 0001: DAC MDAC divider = 1
000 0010: DAC MDAC divider = 2
...
111 1110: DAC MDAC divider = 126
111 1111: DAC MDAC divider = 127
Page 0 / Register 13: DAC DOSR_VAL MSB
BIT
D7–D2
D1–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 00
00
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
DAC OSR value DOSR(9:8)
Page 0 / Register 14: DAC DOSR_VAL LSB (1)
BIT
D7–D0
(1)
(2)
84
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1000 0000
(2)
DESCRIPTION
DAC OSR Value DOSR(7:0)
0000 0000: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1024 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)
0000 0001: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1(MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)
0000 0010: DAC OSR(7:0) = 2 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 00)
...
1111 1110: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1022 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 11)
1111 1111: DAC OSR(7:0) = 1023 (MSB page 0 / register 13, bits D1–D0 = 11)
DAC OSR should be an integral multiple of the interpolation in the DAC PRB engine (specified in register 16).
Note that page 0 / register 14 must be written to immediately after writing to page 0 / register 13.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 15: DAC IDAC_VAL (1)
BIT
D7–D0
(1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
0000 0010:
...
1111 1101:
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1024
Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 4
Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 8
Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1012
Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1016
Number of instruction for DAC PRB engine, IDAC = 1020
IDAC should be an integral multiple of the interpolation in the DAC PRB engine (specified in register 16).
Page 0 / Register 16: DAC PRB Engine Interpolation
BIT
D7–D4
D3–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
1000
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
0000: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine
0001: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine
0010: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine
...
1101: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine
1110: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine
1111: Interpolation ratio in DAC PRB engine
= 16
=1
=2
= 13
= 14
= 15
Page 0 / Register 17: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
Page 0 / Register 18: ADC NADC_VAL
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: ADC NADC divider is powered down and ADC_DSP_CLK = DAC_DSP_CLK.
1: ADC NADC divider is powered up.
000 0000: ADC NADC divider = 128
000 0001: ADC NADC divider = 1
000 0010: ADC NADC divider = 2
...
111 1110: ADC NADC divider = 126
111 1111: ADC NADC divider = 127
Page 0 / Register 19: ADC MADC_VAL
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: ADC MADC divider is powered down and ADC_MOD_CLK = DAC_MOD_CLK.
1: ADC MADC divider is powered up.
000 0000: ADC MADC divider = 128
000 0001: ADC MADC divider = 1
000 0010: ADC MADC divider = 2
...
111 1110: ADC MADC divider = 126
111 1111: ADC MADC divider = 127
Page 0 / Register 20: ADC AOSR_VAL (1)
BIT
D7–D0
(1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
0000 0010:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
ADC OSR AOSR divider = 256
ADC OSR AOSR divider = 1
ADC OSR AOSR divider = 2
ADC OSR AOSR divider = 254
ADC OSR AOSR divider = 255
ADC OSR should be an integral multiple of the decimation in the ADC PRB engine (specified in register 22).
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
85
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Registers 21: ADC IADC_VAL (1)
BIT
D7–D0
(1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000: Reserved
0000 0001: Number of instruction
0000 0010: Number of instruction
...
1011 1111: Number of instruction
1100 0000: Number of instruction
1100 0001–1111 1111: Reserved
for ADC PRB engine, IADC = 2
for ADC PRB engine, IADC = 4
for ADC PRB engine, IADC = 382
for ADC PRB engine, IADC = 384
IADC should be an integral multiple of the decimation in the ADC PRB engine (specified in Register 22).
Page 0 / Registers 22: ADC PRB Engine Decimation
BIT
D7–D4
D3–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
0100
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
0000: Decimation
0001: Decimation
0010: Decimation
...
1101: Decimation
1110: Decimation
1111: Decimation
ratio in ADC PRB engine = 16
ratio in ADC PRB engine = 1
ratio in ADC PRB engine = 2
ratio in ADC PRB engine = 13
ratio in ADC PRB engine = 14
ratio in ADC PRB engine = 15
Page 0 / Registers 23–24: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0
000
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
Page 0 / Registers 25: CLKOUT MUX
BIT
D7–D3
D2–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
000: CDIV_CLKIN = MCLK (device pin)
001: CDIV_CLKIN = BCLK (device pin)
010: CDIV_CLKIN = DIN (can be used for the systems where DAC is not required)
011: CDIV_CLKIN = PLL_CLK (generated on-chip)
100: CDIV_CLKIN = DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
101: CDIV_CLKIN = DAC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)
110: CDIV_CLKIN = ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
111: CDIV_CLKIN = ADC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)
Page 0 / Registers 26: CLKOUT M_VAL
BIT
86
DESCRIPTION
0: CLKOUT M divider is powered down.
1: CLKOUT M divider is powered up.
000 0000: CLKOUT divider M = 128
000 0001: CLKOUT divider M = 1
000 0010: CLKOUT divider M = 2
...
111 1110: CLKOUT divider M = 126
111 1111: CLKOUT divider M = 127
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 27: Codec Interface Control
D7–D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
D5–D4
R/W
00
D3
R/W
0
D2
R/W
0
D1
D0
R/W
R/W
0
0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
D7–D6
D5
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
0
D4
R/W
0
D3
R/W
0
D2
R/W
0
D1–D0
R/W
00
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
BIT
DESCRIPTION
00: Codec interface = I2S
01: Codec Interface = DSP
10: Codec interface = RJF
11: Codec interface = LJF
00: Codec interface word length = 16 bits
01: Codec interface word length = 20 bits
10: Codec interface word length = 24 bits
11: Codec interface word length = 32 bits
0: BCLK is input.
1: BCLK is output.
0: WCLK is input.
1: WCLK is output.
Reserved
Driving DOUT to High-Impedance for the Extra BCLK Cycle When Data Is Not Being Transferred
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
Page 0 / Register 28: Data-Slot Offset Programmability
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Offset (Measured With Respect to WCLK Rising Edge in DSP Mode)
0000 0000: Offset = 0 BCLKs
0000 0001: Offset = 1 BCLK
0000 0010: Offset = 2 BCLKs
...
1111 1110: Offset = 254 BCLKs
1111 1111: Offset = 255 BCLKs
Page 0 / Register 29: Codec Interface Control 2
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
0: DIN-to-DOUT loopback is disabled.
1: DIN-to-DOUT loopback is enabled.
0: ADC-to-DAC loopback is disabled.
1: ADC-to-DAC loopback is enabled.
0: BCLK is not inverted (valid for both primary and secondary BCLK).
1: BCLK is inverted (valid for both primary and secondary BCLK).
BCLK and WCLK Active Even With Codec Powered Down (Valid for Both Primary and Secondary
BCLK)
0: Disabled
1: Enabled
00: BDIV_CLKIN = DAC_CLK (DAC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
01: BDIV_CLKIN = DAC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)
10: BDIV_CLKIN = ADC_CLK (ADC DSP clock - generated on-chip)
11: BDIV_CLKIN = ADC_MOD_CLK (generated on-chip)
Page 0 / Register 30: BCLK N_VAL
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: BCLK N-divider is powered down.
1: BCLK N-divider is powered up.
000 0000: BCLK divider N = 128
000 0001: BCLK divider N = 1
000 0010: BCLK divider N = 2
...
111 1110: BCLK divider N = 126
111 1111: BCLK divider N = 127
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
87
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 31: Codec Secondary Interface Control 1
D7–D5
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
D4–D2
R/W
000
D1–D0
R/W
00
D7–D5
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
D4
D3
R/W
R/W
0
0
D2
R/W
0
D1
R/W
0
D0
R/W
0
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5–D4
R/W
00
D3–D2
R/W
00
D1
R/W
0
D0
R/W
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
000: Secondary BCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
001: Reserved
010: Reserved
011: Secondary BCLK is obtained from DOUT pin.
100: Reserved
101: Reserved
110: Reserved
111: Reserved
000: Secondary WCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
001: Reserved
010: Reserved
011: Secondary WCLK is obtained from DOUT pin.
100: Reserved
101: Reserved
110: Reserved
111: Reserved
00: Secondary DIN is obtained from the GPIO1 pin.
01: Reserved
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
Page 0 / Register 32: Codec Secondary Interface Control 2
BIT
DESCRIPTION
000: ADC_WCLK is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
001: Reserved
010: Reserved
011: Reserved
100: Reserved
101: Reserved
110: Reserved
111: Reserved
Reserved
0: Primary BCLK is fed to codec serial-interface and ClockGen blocks.
1: Secondary BCLK is fed to codec serial-interface and ClockGen blocks.
0: Primary WCLK is fed to codec serial-interface block.
1: Secondary WCLK is fed to codec serial-interface block.
0: ADC_WCLK used in the codec serial-interface block is the same as DAC_WCLK.
1: ADC_WCLK used in the codec serial-interface block = ADC_WCLK.
0: Primary DIN is fed to codec serial-interface block.
1: Secondary DIN is fed to codec serial-interface block.
Page 0 / Register 33: Codec Secondary Interface Control 3
BIT
88
DESCRIPTION
0: Primary BCLK output = internally generated BCLK clock
1: Primary BCLK output = secondary BCLK
0: Secondary BCLK output = primary BCLK
1: Secondary BCLK output = internally generated BCLK clock
00: Primary WCLK output = internally generated DAC_fS
01: Primary WCLK output = internally generated ADC_fS clock
10: Primary WCLK output = secondary WCLK
11: Reserved
00: Secondary WCLK output = primary WCLK
01: Secondary WCLK output = internally generated DAC_fS clock
10: Secondary WCLK output = internally generated ADC_fS clock
11: Reserved
0: Primary DOUT = DOUT from codec serial-interface block
1: Primary DOUT = secondary DIN
0: Secondary DOUT = primary DIN
1: Secondary DOUT = DOUT from codec serial interface block
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 34: I2C Bus Condition
D7–D6
D5
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
0
D4–D0
R/W
0 0000
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R
0
D5 (1)
R
0
D4–D0
R/W
X XXXX
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
0: I2C general-call address is ignored.
1: Device accepts I2C general-call address.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 35: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 36: ADC Flag Register
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
0: ADC PGA applied gain ≠ programmed gain
1: ADC PGA applied gain = programmed gain
0: ADC powered down
1: ADC powered up
0: AGC not saturated
1: AGC applied gain = maximum applicable gain by AGC
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs
again.
Page 0 / Register 37: DAC Flag Register
D7
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
D5
R/W
R
X
0
D4
R
0
D3
R
0
D2
D1
R/W
R
X
0
D0
R
0
D7–D5
D4
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R
RESET
VALUE
XXX
0
D3–D1
D0
R/W
R
XXX
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Left-channel DAC powered down
1: Left-channel DAC powered up
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0: HPl driver powered down
1: HPL driver powered up
0: Mono class-D driver powered down
1: Mono class-D driver powered up
0: Right-channel DAC powered down
1: Right-channel DAC powered up
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0: HPR driver powered down
1: HPR driver powered up
0: Reserved
1: Reserved
Page 0 / Register 38: DAC Flag Register
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these bits.
0: Left-channel DAC PGA applied gain ≠ programmed gain
1: Left-channel DAC PGA applied gain = programmed gain
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0: Right-channel DAC PGA applied gain ≠ programmed gain
1: Right-channel DAC PGA applied gain = programmed gain
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
89
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 39: Overflow Flags
D7 (1)
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0
D6 (1)
R
0
D5 (1)
R
0
D4
D3 (1)
R/W
R
0
0
D2
D1 (1)
R/W
R
0
0
D0
R/W
0
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Left-Channel DAC Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
Right-Channel DAC Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
DAC Barrel Shifter Output Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
ADC Barrel Shifter Output Overflow Flag
0: Overflow has not occurred.
1: Overflow has occurred.
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs
again.
Page 0 / Registers 40–43: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0
D6 (1)
R
0
D5 (1)
R
X
D4 (1)
R
X
D3 (1)
R
0
D2 (1)
R
0
D1–D0
R
00
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 44: Interrupt Flags—DAC
BIT
D7
(1)
90
(1)
DESCRIPTION
0: No short circuit is detected at HPL / mono class-D driver.
1: Short circuit is detected at HPL / mono class-D driver.
0: Reserved
1: Reserved
0: No headset button pressed
1: Headset button pressed
0: No headset insertion/removal is detected.
1: Headset insertion/removal is detected.
0: Left DAC signal power is les than or equal to the signal threshold of DRC.
1: Left DAC signal power is above the signal threshold of DRC.
0: Right DAC signal power is less than or equal to the signal threshold of DRC.
1: Right DAC signal power is above the signal threshold of DRC.
Reserved
Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs
again.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 45: Interrupt Flags—ADC
D7
D6 (1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R
RESET
VALUE
0
0
D5
D4 (1)
R/W
R
0
X
D3 (1)
R
X
D2
R
0
D1–D0
R/W
00
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0: ADC signal power greater than noise threshold for AGC.
1: ADC signal power less than noise threshold for AGC.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
ADC PRB Engine Standard Interrupt-Port Output
0: Read a 0 from standard interrupt port
1: Raed a 1 from standard interrupt port
ADC PRB Engine Auxiliary Interrupt-Port Output
0: Read a 0 from auxiliary interrupt port
1: Read a 1 from auxiliary interrupt port
0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available.
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Sticky flag bIts. These are read-only bits. They are automatically cleared once they are read and are set only if the source trigger occurs
again.
Page 0 / Register 46: Interrupt Flags – DAC
D7
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R
0
D5
R
X
D4
R
X
D3
R
0
D2
R
0
D1
R
0
D0
R
0
D7
D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R
RESET
VALUE
0
0
D5
D4
R/W
R
0
X
D3
R
X
D2
R
0
D1–D0
R/W
00
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: No short circuit detected at HPL / mono class-D driver
1: Short circuit detected at HPL / mono class-D driver
0: Reserved
1: Reserved
0: No headset button pressed
1: Headset button pressed
0: Headset removal detected
1: Headset insertion detected
0: Left DAC signal power is below signal threshold of DRC.
1: Left DAC signal power is above signal threshold of DRC.
0: Right DAC signal power is below signal threshold of DRC.
1: Right DAC signal power is above signal threshold of DRC.
DAC PRB Engine Standard Interrupt-Port Output
0: Read a 0 from standard interrupt port
1: Raed a 1 from standard interrupt port
DAC PRB Engine Auxiliary Interrupt-Port Output
0: Read a 0 from auxiliary interrupt port
1: Read a 1 from auxiliary interrupt port
Page 0 / Register 47: Interrupt Flags – ADC
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
0: Delta-sigma mono ADC signal power greater than noise threshold for left AGC
1: Delta-sigma mono ADC signal power less than noise threshold for left AGC
Reserved
ADC PRB Engine Standard Interrupt Port Output
0: Read a 0 from standard interrupt port
1: Read a 1 from standard interrupt port
ADC PRB Engine Auxiliary Interrupt-Port Output
0: Read a 0 from auxilliary interrupt port
1: Read a 1 from auxilliary interrupt port
0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available.
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC is not available.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
91
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 48: INT1 Control Register
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5
R/W
0
D4
R/W
0
D3
R/W
0
D2
R/W
0
D1
R/W
0
D0
R/W
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
0: Button-press detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Button-press detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
0: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
0: ADC AGC noise interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: ADC AGC noise interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
0: Short-circuit interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Short-circuit interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
0: Engine-generated interrupt is not used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
1: Engine-generated interrupt is used in the generation of INT1 interrupt.
0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is not used in the generation
of INT1 interrupt
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is used in the generation of
INT1 interrupt
0: INT1 is only one pulse (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration.
1: INT1 is multiple pulses (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration and 4-ms period, until flag registers 44
and 45 are read by the user.
Page 0 / Register 49: INT2 Control Register
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5
R/W
0
D4
R/W
0
D3
R/W
0
D2
R/W
0
D1
R/W
0
D0
R/W
0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Headset-insertion detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
0: Button-press detect interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Button-press detect interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
0: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: DAC DRC signal-power interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
0: ADC AGC noise interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: ADC AGC noise interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
0: Short-circuit interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Short-circuit interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
0: Engine-generated interrupt is not used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
1: Engine-generated interrupt is used in the generation of INT2 interrupt.
0: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is not used in the generation
of INT2 interrupt
1: DC measurement using delta-sigma audio ADC data-available interrupt is used in the generation of
INT2 interrupt
0: INT2 is only one pulse (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration.
1: INT2 is multiple pulses (active-high) of typical 2-ms duration and 4-ms period, until flag registers 44
and 45 are read by the user.
Page 0 / Register 50: Reserved
BIT
D7-D0
92
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only reset values.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 51: GPIO1 In/Out Pin Control
D7–D6
D5–D2
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XX
0000
D1
D0
R
R/W
X
0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7–D5
D4
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
1
D3–D1
R/W
001
D0
R/W
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write any value other than reset value.
0000: GPIO1 disabled (input and output buffers powered down)
0001: GPIO1 is in input mode (can be used as secondary BCLK input, secondary WCLK input,
secondary DIN input, ADC_WCLK input, Dig_Mic_In or in ClockGen block).
0010: GPIO1 is used as general-purpose input (GPI).
0011: GPIO1 output = general-purpose output
0100: GPIO1 output = CLKOUT output
0101: GPIO1 output = INT1 output
0110: GPIO1 output = INT2 output
0111: GPIO1 output = ADC_WCLK output for codec interface
1000: GPIO1 output = secondary BCLK output for codec interface
1001: GPIO1 output = secondary WCLK output for codec interface
1010: GPIO1 output = ADC_MOD_CLK output for the digital microphone
1011: GPIO1 output = secondary DOUT for codec interface
1100: Reserved
1101: Reserved
1110: Reserved
1111: Reserved
GPIO1 input buffer value
0: GPIO1 general-purpose output value = 0
1: GPIO1 general-purpose output value = 1
Page 0 / Register 52: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
Page 0 / Register 53: DOUT (OUT Pin) Control
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
0: DOUT bus keeper enabled
1: DOUT bus keeper disabled
000: DOUT disabled (output buffer powered down)
001: DOUT = primary DOUT output for codec interface
010: DOUT = general-purpose output
011: DOUT = CLKOUT output
100: DOUT = INT1 output
101: DOUT = INT2 output
110: DOUT = secondary BCLK output for codec interface
111: DOUT = secondary WCLK output for codec interface
0: DOUT general-purpose output value = 0
1: DOUT general-purpose output value = 1
Page 0 / Register 54: DIN (IN Pin) Control
D7–D3
D2–D1
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0
01
D0
R
X
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0010
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
00: DIN disabled (input buffer powered down)
01: DIN enabled (can be used as DIN for codec interface, Dig_Mic_In or in ClockGen block)
10: DIN is used as general-purpose input (GPI)
11: Reserved
DIN input-buffer value
Page 0 / Register 55: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
93
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 56: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 001X
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000X 000X
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000X 0000
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
0 0001
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
0 0100
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Page 0 / Register 57: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only reset value.
Page 0 / Register 58: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only reset value.
Page 0 / Register 59: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 60: DAC Instruction Set
BIT
D7–D5
D4–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only default value.
0 0000: Reserved. Write only reset value.
0 0001: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P1
0 0010: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P2
0 0011: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P3
0 0100: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P4
...
1 1000: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P24
1 1001: DAC signal-processing block PRB_P25
1 1010–1 1111: Reserved. Do not use.
Page 0 / Register 61: ADC Instruction Set
BIT
D7–D5
D4–D0
94
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only default values.
0 0000: Reserved. Write only reset value.
0 0001–0 0011: Reserved
0 0100: ADC Ssignal-processing block PRB_R4
0 0101: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R5
0 0110: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R6
0 0111–01001: Reserved
0 1010: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R10
0 1011: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R11
0 1100: ADC Ssignal-processing block PRB_R12
0 1101–0 1111: Reserved
1 0000: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R16
1 0001: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R17
1 0010: ADC signal-processing block PRB_R18
1 0011–1 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 62: Programmable Instruction Mode-Control Bits
D7
D6
D5
D4
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
0
0
0
D3
D2
D1
D0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
0
0
0
0
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5–D4
R/W
01
D3–D2
R/W
01
D1–D0
R/W
00
D7–D4
D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
1
D2
R/W
1
D1–D0 (
R/W
00
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
ADC PRB engine auxiliary control bit A, which can be used for conditional instructions
ADC PRB engine auxiliary control bit B, which can be used for conditional instructions
0: Reset ADC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
1: Do not reset ADC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
Reserved
DAC PRB engine auxiliary control bit A, which can be used for conditional instructions
DAC PRB engine auxiliary control bit B, which can be used for conditional instructions
0: Reset DAC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
1: Do not reset DAC PRB instruction counter at the start of the new frame.
like JMP
like JMP
like JMP
like JMP
Page 0 / Register 63: DAC Data-Path Setup
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Left-channel DAC is powered down.
1: Left-channel DAC is powered up.
0: Right-channel DAC is powered down.
1: Right-channel DAC is powered up.
00: Left-channel DAC data path = off
01: Left-channel DAC data path = left data
10: Left-channel DAC data path = right data
11: Left-channel DAC data path = left-channel and right-channel data [(L + R)/2]
00: Right-channel DAC data path = off
01: Right-channel DAC data path = right data
10: Right-channel DAC data path = left data
11: Right-channel DAC data path = left-channel and right-channel data [(L + R)/2]
00: DAC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per sample period.
01: DAC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per two sample periods.
10: DAC channel volume control soft-stepping is disabled.
11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 64: DAC VOLUME CONTROL
BIT
1)
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0: Left-channel DAC not muted
1: Left-channel DAC muted
0: Right-channel DAC not muted
1: Right-channel DAC muted
00: Left and right channels have independent volume control.
01: Left-channel volume control Is the programmed value of right-channel volume control.
10: Right-channel volume control is the programmed value of left-channel volume control.
11: Same as 00
When DRC is enabled, left- and right-channel volume controls are always independent. Program bits D1–D0 to 00.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
95
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 65: DAC Left Volume Control
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0111 1111–0111 0001: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
0011 0000 : Left-channel DAC digital gain = 24 dB
0010 1111: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 23.5 dB
0010 1110: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 23 dB
...
0000 0001: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 0.5 dB
0000 0000: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 0 dB
1111 1111: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –0.5 dB
...
1000 0010: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –63 dB
1000 0001: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –63.5 dB
1000 0000: Reserved. Do not use.
Page 0 / Register 66: DAC Right Volume Control
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D5
R
XX
D4–D2
R/W
000
D1–D0
R/W
00
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
0111 1111–0111 0001: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
0011 0000 : Left-channel DAC digital gain = 24 dB
0010 1111: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 23.5 dB
0010 1110: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 23 dB
...
0000 0001: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 0.5 dB
0000 0000: Left-channel DAC digital gain = 0 dB
1111 1111: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –0.5 dB
...
1000 0010: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –63 dB
1000 0001: Left-channel DAC digital gain = –63.5 dB
1000 0000: Reserved. Do not use.
Page 0 / Register 67: Headset Detection
BIT
(1)
96
DESCRIPTION
0: Headset detection disabled
1: Headset detection enabled
00: No headset detected
01: Headset without microphone is detected
10: Reserved
11: Headset with microphone is detected
Debounce Programming for Glitch Rejection During Headset Detection (1)
000: 16 ms (sampled with 2-ms clock)
001: 32 ms (sampled with 4-ms clock)
010: 64 ms (sampled with 8-ms clock)
011: 128 ms (sampled with 16-ms clock)
100: 256 ms (sampled with 32-ms clock)
101: 512 ms (sampled with 64-ms clock)
110: Reserved
111: Reserved
Debounce Programming for Glitch Rejection During Headset Button-Press Detection
00: 0 ms
01: 8 ms (sampled with 1-ms clock)
10: 16 ms (sampled with 2-ms clock)
11: 32 ms (sampled with 4-ms clock)
Note that these times are generated using the 1 MHz reference clock which is defined in page 3 / register 16.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 68: DRC Control 1
D7
D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
0
D5
R/W
0
D4–D2
R/W
011
D1–D0
R/W
11
READ/
WRITE
R
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
0111
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
0: DRC disabled for left channel
1: DRC enabled for left channel
0: DRC disabled for right channel
1: DRC enabled for right channel
000: DRC threshold = –3 dB
001: DRC threshold = –6 dB
010: DRC threshold = –9 dB
011: DRC threshold = –12 dB
100: DRC threshold = –15 dB
101: DRC threshold = –18 dB
110: DRC threshold = –21 dB
111: DRC threshold = –24 dB
00: DRC hysteresis = 0 dB
01: DRC hysteresis = 1 dB
10: DRC hysteresis = 2 dB
11: DRC hysteresis = 3 dB
Page 0 / Register 69: DRC Control 2
BIT
D
D6–D3
D2–D0
000
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
DRC Hold Programmability
0000: DRC hold disabled
0001:DRC hold time = 32 DAC word clocks
0010: DRC hold time = 64 DAC word clocks
0011: DRC hold time = 128 DAC word clocks
0100: DRC hold time = 256 DAC word clocks
0101: DRC hold time = 512 DAC word clocks
...
1110: DRC hold time = 4 × 32,768 DAC word clocks
1111: DRC hold time = 5 × 32768 DAC word clocks
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 70: DRC Control 3
BIT
D7–D4
D3–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
0000
DESCRIPTION
0000:
0001:
0010:
...
1110:
1111:
0000:
0001:
0010:
...
1110:
1111:
DRC attack rate = 4 dB per DAC word clock
DRC attack rate = 2 dB per DAC word clock
DRC attack rate = 1 dB per DAC word clock
DRC
DRC
DRC
DRC
DRC
attack rate = 2.4414e–5
attack rate = 1.2207e–5
decay rate = 1.5625e–2
decay rate = 7.8125e–3
decay rate = 3.9062e–3
dB per
dB per
dB per
dB per
dB per
DAC
DAC
DAC
DAC
DAC
word
word
word
word
word
clock
clock
clock
clock
clock
DRC decay rate = 9.5367e–7 dB per DAC word clock
DRC decay rate = 4.7683e–7 dB per DAC word clock
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
97
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 71: Left Beep Generator
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
D5–D0
R/W
R/W
0
00 0000
BIT
(1)
(1)
DESCRIPTION
0: Beep generator is disabled.
1: Beep generator is enabled (self-clearing based on beep duration).
Reserved. Write only reset value.
00 0000: Left-channel beep volume control = 2 dB
00 0001: Left-channel beep volume control = 1 dB
00 0010: Left-channel beep volume control = 0 dB
00 0011: Left-channel beep volume control = –1 dB
...
11 1110: Left-channel beep volume control = –60 dB
11 1111: Left-channel beep volume control = –61 dB
The beep generator is only available in PRB_P25 DAC processing mode.
Page 0 / Register 72: Right Beep Generator (1)
D7–D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
D5–D0
R/W
00 0000
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
00: Left and right channels have independent beep volume control.
01: Left-channel beep volume control is the programmed value of right-channel beep volume control.
10: Right-channel beep volume control is the programmed value of left-channel beep volume control.
11: Same as 00
00 0000: Right-channel beep volume control = 2 dB
00 0001: Right-channel beep volume control = 1 dB
00 0010: Right-channel beep volume control = 0 dB
00 0011: Right-channel beep volume control = –1 dB
...
11 1110: Right-channel beep volume control = –60 dB
11 1111: Right-channel beep volume control = –61 dB
The beep generator is only available in PRB_P25 DAC processing mode.
Page 0 / Register 73: Beep Length MSB
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
8 MSBs out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which the beep must be generated.
Page 0 / Register 74: Beep Length Middle Bits
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1110 1110
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0001 0000
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1101 1000
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0111 1110
DESCRIPTION
8 middle bits out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which the beep must be generated.
Page 0 / Register 75: Beep Length LSB
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
8 LSBs out of 24 bits for the number of samples for which beep need to be generated.
Page 0 / Register 76: Beep Sin(x) MSB
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
8 MSBs out of 16 bits for sin(2π × fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.
Page 0 / Register 77: Beep Sin(x) LSB
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
8 LSBs out of 16 bits for sin(2π × fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.
Page 0 / Register 78: Beep Cos(x) MSB
BIT
D7–D0
98
DESCRIPTION
8 MSBs out of 16 bits for cos(2π × fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 79: Beep Cos(x) LSB
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1110 0011
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
D5–D4
R/W
R/W
0
00
D3
R/W
0
D2
D1–D0
R/W
R/W
0
00
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1
D6–D4
R/W
000
D3–D0
R/W
0000
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
8 LSBs out of 16 bits for cos(2π × fin/fS), where fin is the beep frequency and fS is the DAC sample rate.
Page 0 / Register 80: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 81: ADC Digital Mic
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: ADC channel is powered down.
1: ADC channel is powered up.
Reserved
00: Digital microphone input is obtained from GPIO1 pin.
01: Reserved.
10: Digital microphone input is obtained from DIN pin.
11: Reserved.
0: Digital microphone is not enabled for delta-sigma mono ADC channel.
1: Digital microphone is enabled for delta-sigma mono ADC channel
Reserved
00: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per sample period.
01: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is enabled for one step per two sample periods.
10: ADC channel volume control soft-stepping is disabled.
11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 82: ADC Digital Volume Control Fine Adjust
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: ADC channel not muted
1: ADC channel muted
Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Volume-Control Fine Gain
000: 0 dB
001: –0.1 dB
010: –0.2 dB
011: –0.3 dB
100: –0.4 dB
101–111: Reserved
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 83: ADC Digital Volume Control Coarse Adjust
BIT
D7
D6–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
000 0000
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Volume-Control Coarse Gain
100 0000–110 0111: Reserved
110 1000: –12 dB
110 1001: –11.5 dB
...
111 1111: –0.5 dB
000 0000: 0 dB
000 0001: 0.5 dB
...
010 0111: 19.5 dB
010 1000: 20 dB
010 1001–011 1111: Reserved
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
99
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Registers 84–85: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D4
R/W
000
D3–D0
R/W
0000
D7–D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
D5–D1
R/W
00 000
D0
R/W
0
BIT
D7
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 86: AGC Control 1
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: AGC disabled
1: AGC enabled
000: AGC target level = –5.5 dB
001: AGC target level = –8 dB
010: AGC target level = –10 dB
011: AGC target level = –12 dB
100: AGC target level = –14 dB
101: AGC target level = –17 dB
110: AGC target level = –20 dB
111: AGC target level = –24 dB
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Page 0 / Register 87: AGC Control 2
BIT
DESCRIPTION
00: AGC hysteresis setting of 1 dB
01: AGC hysteresis setting of 2 dB
10: AGC hysteresis setting of 4 dB
11: AGC hysteresis disabled
00 000: AGC noise/silence detection is disabled.
00 001: AGC noise threshold = –30dB
00 010: AGC noise threshold = –32dB
00 011: AGC noise threshold = –34dB
...
11 101: AGC noise threshold = –86dB
11 110: AGC noise threshold = –88dB
11 111: AGC noise threshold = –90dB
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
Page 0 / Register 88: AGC Maximum Gain
BIT
D7
D6–D0
100
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
111 1111
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
000 0000: AGC maximum gain = 0 dB
000 0001: AGC maximum gain = 0.5 dB
000 0010: AGC maximum gain = 1 dB
...
111 0011: AGC maximum gain = 57.5 dB
111 0100: AGC maximum gain = 58 dB
111 0101: AGC maximum gain = 58.5 dB
111 0110: AGC maximum gain = 59 dB
111 0111: AGC maximum gain = 59.5 dB
111 1000–111 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 89: AGC Attack Time
D7–D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0
D2–D0
R/W
000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0000 0: AGC attack time = 1 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
0000 1: AGC attack time = 3 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
0001 0: AGC attack time = 5 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
0001 1: AGC attack time = 7 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
0010 0: AGC attack time = 9 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
...
1111 0: AGC attack time = 61 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
1111 1: AGC attack time = 63 × (32/fS), where fS is the ADC sample rate
000: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 1
001: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 2
010: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 4
...
111: Multiply factor for the programmed AGC attack time = 128
Page 0 / Register 90: AGC Decay Time
D7–D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0
D2–D0
R/W
000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0000 0: AGC decay time = 1 × (512/fS)
0000 1: AGC decay time = 3 × (512/fS)
0001 0: AGC decay time = 5 × (512/fS)
0001 1: AGC decay time = 7 × (512/fS)
0010 0: AGC decay time = 9 × (512/fS)
...
1111 0: AGC decay time = 61 × (512/fS)
1111 1: AGC decay time = 63 × (512/fS)
000: Multiplication factor for the programmed AGC
001: Multiplication factor for the programmed AGC
010: Multiplication factor for the programmed AGC
...
111: Multiplication factor for the programmed AGC
decay time = 1
decay time = 2
decay time = 4
decay time = 128
Page 0 / Register 91: AGC Noise Debounce
BIT
D7–D5
D4–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
0 0000
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0 0000: AGC noise debounce = 0/fS
0 0001: AGC noise debounce = 4/fS
0 0010: AGC noise debounce = 8/fS
0 0011: AGC noise debounce = 16/fS
0 0100: AGC noise debounce = 32/fS
0 0101: AGC noise debounce = 64/fS
0 0110: AGC noise debounce = 128/fS
0 0111: AGC noise debounce = 256/fS
0 1000: AGC noise debounce = 512/fS
0 1001: AGC noise debounce = 1024/fS
0 1010: AGC noise debounce = 2048/fS
0 1011: AGC noise debounce = 4096/fS
0 1100: AGC noise debounce = 2 × 4096/fS
0 1101: AGC noise debounce = 3 × 4096/fS
0 1110: AGC noise debounce = 4 × 4096/fS
...
1 1110: AGC noise debounce = 20 × 4096/fS
1 1111: AGC noise debounce = 21 × 4096/fS
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
101
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 92: AGC Signal Debounce
BIT
D7–D4
D3–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
0000
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0000: AGC signal debounce = 0/fS
0001: AGC signal debounce = 4/fS
0010: AGC signal debounce = 8/fS
0011: AGC signal debounce = 16/fS
0100: AGC signal debounce = 32/fS
0101: AGC signal debounce = 64/fS
0110: AGC signal debounce = 128/fS
0111: AGC signal debounce = 256/fS
1000: AGC signal debounce = 512/fS
1001: AGC signal debounce = 1024/fS
1010: AGC signal debounce = 2048/fS
1011: AGC signal debounce = 2 × 2048/fS
1100: AGC signal debounce = 3 × 2048/fS
1101: AGC signal debounce = 4 × 2048/fS
1110: AGC signal debounce = 5 × 2048/fS
1111: AGC signal debounce = 6 × 2048/fS
Page 0 / Register 93: AGC Gain-Applied Reading
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
D5
R/W
R/W
0
0
D4–D0
R/W
0 0000
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
1110 1000: Gain applied by AGC = –12 dB
1110 1001: Gain applied by AGC = –11.5 dB
1110 1010: Gain applied by AGC = –11 dB
...
1111 1111: Gain applied by AGC = –0.5 dB
0000 0000: Gain applied by AGC = 0 dB
0000 0001 Gain applied by AGC = 0.5 dB
...
0111 0101: Gain applied by AGC = 58.5 dB
0111 0110: Gain applied by AGC = 59 dB
0111 0111: Gain applied by AGC = 59.5 dB
Page 0 / Registers 94–101: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
Page 0 / Register 102: ADC DC Measurement 1
BIT
102
DESCRIPTION
0: DC measurement is Disabled for mono ADC channel
1: DC measurment is Enabled for mono ADC channel
Reserved. Write only reset value.
0: DC measurement is done based on first-order sinc filter with averaging of 2D.
1: DC measurment is done based on first-order low-pass IIR filter whose coefficients are calculated
based on D value.
DC Meaurement D setting:
0 0000: Reserved. Don't use.
0 0001: D = 1
0 0010: D = 2
...
1 0011: D = 19
1 0100: D = 20
1 0101 to 1 1111: Reserved. Do not use.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 0 / Register 103: ADC DC Measurement 2
D7
D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
0
D5
R/W
0
D4–D0
R/W
0 0000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only reset value.
0: DC measurement data update is enabled.
1: DC measurment data update is disabled. User can read the last updated data without any data
corruption.
0: For IIR-based dc measurement, the measurment value is the instantaneous output of the IIR filter.
1: For IIR-based dc measurement, the measurment value is updated before periodic clearing of the IIR
filter.
IIR based DC measurment, average time setting:
0 0000: Infinite average is used
0 0001: Averaging time is 21 ADC modulator clock periods
0 0010: Averaging time is 22 ADC modulator clock periods
...
1 0011: Averaging time is 219 ADC modulator clock periods
1 0100: Averaging time is 220 ADC modulator clock periods
1 0101 to 1 1111: Reserved. Do not use.
Page 0 / Register 104–ADC DC Measurement Output 1
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
READ/
WRITE
R
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
ADC dc-measurement output (23:16)
Page 0 / Register 105–ADC DC Measurement Output 2
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
ADC dc-measurement output (15:8)
Page 0 / Register 106–ADC DC Measurement Output 3
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
ADC dc-measurement output (7:0)
Page 0 / Registers 107–115: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
103
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 0 / Register 116: VOL/MICDET-Pin SAR ADC – Volume Control
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5–D4
R/W
00
D3
D2–D0
R/W
R/W
0
000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: DAC volume control is controlled by control register (7-bit Vol ADC is powered down).
1: DAC volume control is controlled by pin.
0: Internal on-chip RC oscillator is used for the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control.
1: MCLK is used for the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control.
00: No hysteresis for volume control ADC output
01: Hysteresis of ±1 bit
10: Hysteresis of ±2 bits
11: Reserved. Do not write this sequence to these bits.
Reserved. Write only reset value.
Throughput of the 7-bit Vol ADC for pin volume control, frequency based on MCLK or internal oscillator.
MCLK = 12 MHz
Internal Oscillator Source
000: Throughput =
15.625 Hz
10.68 Hz
001: Throughput =
31.25 Hz
21.35 Hz
010: Throughput =
62.5 Hz
42.71 Hz
011: Throughput =
125 Hz
8.2 Hz
100: Throughput =
250 Hz
170 Hz
101: Throughput =
500 Hz
340 Hz
110: Throughput =
1 kHz
680 Hz
111: Throughput =
2 kHz
1.37 kHz
Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator
frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values will scale to the actual
oscillator frequency.
Page 0 / Register 117: VOL/MICDET-Pin Gain
BIT
D7
D6–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R
RESET
VALUE
0
XXX XXXX
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
000 0000: Gain applied by pin volume control
000 0001: Gain applied by pin volume control
000 0010: Gain applied by pin volume control
...
010 0011: Gain applied by pin volume control
010 0100: Gain applied by pin volume control
010 0101: Gain applied by pin volume control
...
101 1001: Gain applied by pin volume control
101 1010: Gain applied by pin volume control
101 1011: Gain applied by pin volume control
...
111 1101: Gain applied by pin volume control
111 1110: Gain applied by pin volume control
111 1111: Reserved.
= 18 dB
= 17.5 dB
= 17 dB
= 0.5 dB
= 0 dB
= –0.5 dB
= –26.5 dB
= –27 dB
= –28 dB
= –62 dB
= –63 dB
Page 0 / Registers 118 to 127: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
6.3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
Control Registers, Page 1: DAC and ADC Routing, PGA, Power-Controls and MISC
Logic Related Programmabilities
Page 1 / Register 0: Page Control Register
BIT
D7–D0
104
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Page 0 selected
Page 1 selected
Page 254 selected
Page 255 selected
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 1 / Registers 1–29: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7–D2
D1
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 00
0
D0
R/W
0
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5
D4–D3
R/W
R/W
0
0
D2
D1
R/W
R/W
1
0
D0
R
0
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5–D1
D0
R/W
R
00 011
0
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
Page 1 / Register 30: Headphone and Speaker Amplifier Error Control
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
0: Reset HPL and HPR power-up control bits on short-circuit detection if page 1, register 31, D1 = 1.
1: HPL and HPR power-up control bits remain unchanged on short-circuit detection.
0: Reset speaker driver power-up control bits on short-circuit detection.
1: Speaker driver power-up control bits remain unchanged on short-circuit detection.
Page 1 / Register 31: Headphone Drivers
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: HPL output driver is powered down.
1: HPL output driver is powered up.
0: HPR output driver is powered down.
1: HPR output driver is powered up.
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
00: Output common-mode voltage = 1.35 V
01: Output common-mode voltage = 1.5 V
10: Output common-mode voltage = 1.65 V
11: Output common-mode voltage = 1.8 V
Reserved. Write only 1 to this bit.
0: If short-circuit protection is enabled for headphone driver and short circuit detected, device limits the
maximum current to the load.
1: If short-circuit protection is enabled for headphone driver and short circuit detected, device powers
down the output driver.
0: Short circuit is not detected on the headphone driver.
1: Short circuit is detected on the headphone driver.
Page 1 / Register 32: Class-D Speaker Amplifier
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Mono class-D output driver is powered down.
1: Mono class-D output driver is powered up.
0: Reserved
1: Reserved
Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.
0: Short circuit is not detected on the class-D driver. Valid only if class-D amplifier is powered up. For
short-circuit flag sticky bit, see page 0 / register 44.
1: Short circuit is detected on the class-D driver. Valid only if class-D amp is powered-up. For shortcircuit flag sticky bit, see page 0 / register 44.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
105
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 1 / Register 33 (0x21): HP Output Drivers POP Removal Settings
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D3
R/W
0111
D2–D1
R/W
11
D0
R/W
0
D7
D6–D4
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
000
D3–D0
R/W
0000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: If power-down sequence is activated by device software power down using page 1 / register 46, bit
D7, then power down the DAC simultaneously with the HP and SP amplifiers.
1: If power-down sequence is activated by device software power down using page 1 / register 46, bit
D7, then power down DAC only after HP and SP amplifiers are completely powered down. This is to
optimize power-down POP.
0000: Driver power-on time = 0 μs
0001: Driver power-on time = 15.3 μs
0010: Driver power-on time = 153 μs
0011: Driver power-on time = 1.53 ms
0100: Driver power-on time = 15.3 ms
0101: Driver power-on time = 76.2 ms
0110: Driver power-on time = 153 ms
0111: Driver power-on time = 304 ms
1000: Driver power-on time = 610ms
1001: Driver power-on time = 1.22 s
1010: Driver power-on time = 3.04 s
1011: Driver power-on time = 6.1 s
1100–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual
oscillator frequency.
00: Driver ramp-up step time = 0 ms
01: Driver ramp-up step time = 0.98 ms
10: Driver ramp-up step time = 1.95 ms
11: Driver ramp-up step time = 3.9 ms
NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual
oscillator frequency.
0: Weakly driven output common-mode voltage is generated from resistor divider of the AVDD supply.
1: Reserved.
Page 1 / Register 34: Output Driver PGA Ramp-Down Period Control
BIT
106
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to this bit.
Speaker Power-Up Wait Time (Duration Based on Using Internal Oscillator)
000: Wait time = 0 ms
001: Wait time = 3.04 ms
010: Wait time = 7.62 ms
011: Wait time = 12.2 ms
100: Wait time = 15.3 ms
101: Wait time = 19.8 ms
110: Wait time = 24.4 ms
111: Wait time = 30.5 ms
NOTE: These values are based on typical oscillator frequency of 8.2 MHz. Scale according to the actual
oscillator frequency.
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 1 / Register 35: DAC_L and DAC_R Output Mixer Routing�
�
D7–D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
D5
R/W
0
BIT
D4
0
D3–D2
R/W
00
D1
R/W
0
D0
R/W
0
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
111 1111
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
111 1111
DESCRIPTION
00: DAC_L is not routed anywhere.
01: DAC_L is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
10: DAC_L is routed directly to the HPL driver.
11: Reserved
0: MIC1LP input is not routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
1: MIC1LP input is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
0: MIC1RP input is not routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
1: MIC1RP input is routed to the left-channel mixer amplifier.
00: DAC_R is not routed anywhere.
01: DAC_R is routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.
10: DAC_R is routed directly to the HPR driver.
11: Reserved
0: MIC1RP input is not routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.
1: MIC1RP input is routed to the right-channel mixer amplifier.
0: HPL driver output is not routed to the HPR driver.
1: HPL driver output is routed to the HPR driver input (used for differential output mode).
Page 1 / Register 36: Left Analog Vol to HPL
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Left-channel analog volume control is not routed to HPL output driver.
1: Left-channel analog volume control is routed to HPL output driver.
Left-channel analog volume control gain (non-linear) for the HPL output driver, 0 dB to –78 dB. See
Table 5-38.
Page 1 / Register 37: Right Analog Vol to HPR
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Right-channel analog volume control is not routed to HPR output driver.
1: Right-channel analog volume control is routed to HPR output driver.
Right-channel analog volume control gain (non-linear) for the HPR output driver, 0 dB to –78 dB. See
Table 5-38.
Page 1 / Register 38: Left Analog Vol to SPK
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D0
R/W
111 1111
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0111 1111
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Left-channel analog volume control output is not routed to mono class-D output driver.
1: Left-channel analog volume control output is routed to mono class-D output driver.
Left-channel analog volume control output gain (non-linear) for the mono class-D output driver, 0 dB to
–78 dB. See Table 5-38.
Page 1 / Register 39: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
107
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 1 / Register 40 (0x28): HPL Driver
D7
D6–D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
0000
D2
R/W
0
D1
R/W
1
D0
R
0
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0000: HPL driver PGA = 0 dB
0001: HPL driver PGA = 1 dB
0010: HPL driver PGA = 2 dB
...
1000: HPL driver PGA = 8 dB
1001: HPL driver PGA = 9 dB
1010–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
0: HPL driver is muted.
1: HPL driver is not muted.
0: HPL driver is weakly driven to a common mode during power down. (1)
1: HPL driver is high-impedance during power down.
0: Not all programmed gains to HPL have been applied yet.
1: All programmed gains to HPL have been applied.
If D1 is programmed as 0, Page 1 / Register 33 D0 must be set to 0.
Page 1 / Register 41 (0x29): HPR Driver
D7
D6–D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
0000
D2
R/W
0
D1
R/W
1
D0
R
0
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0000: HPR driver PGA = 0 dB
0001: HPR driver PGA = 1 dB
0010: HPR driver PGA = 2 dB
...
1000: HPR driver PGA = 8 dB
1001: HPR driver PGA = 9 dB
1010–1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
0: HPR driver is muted.
1: HPR driver is not muted.
0: HPR driver is weakly driven to a common mode during power down. (1)
1: HPR driver is high-impedance during power down.
0: Not all programmed gains to HPR have been applied yet.
1: All programmed gains to HPR have been applied.
If D1 is programmed as 0, Page 1 / Register 33 D0 must be set to 0.
Page 1 / Register 42: SPK Driver
D7–D5
D4–D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
00
D2
R/W
0
D1
D0
R/W
R
0
0
BIT
108
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
00: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 6 dB
01: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 12 dB
10: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 18 dB
11: Mono class-D driver output stage gain = 24 dB
0: Mono class-D driver is muted.
1: Mono class-D driver is not muted.
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0: Not all programmed gains to mono class-D driver have been applied yet.
1: All programmed gains to mono class-D driver have been applied.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 1 / Register 43: Reserved
D7–D5
D4–D3
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
00
D2
R/W
0
D1
D0
R/W
R
0
0
D7–D5
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
000
D4–D3
R/W
00
D2
R/W
0
D1
R/W
0
D0
R/W
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
00: Reserved
01: Reserved
10: Reserved
11: Reserved
0: Reserved
1: Reserved
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
0: Reserved
1: Reserved
Page 1 / Register 44: HP Driver Control
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
Debounce time for the headset short-circuit detection
MCLK/DIV (Page 3 /
(1)
register 16) = 1-MHz Internal Oscillator Source
Source
000: Debounce time =
0 μs
0 μs
001: Debounce time =
8 μs
7.8 μs
010: Debounce time =
16 μs
15.6 μs
011: Debounce time =
32 μs
31.2 μs
100: Debounce time =
64 μs
62.4 μs
101: Debounce time =
128 μs
124.9 μs
110: Debounce time =
256 μs
250 μs
111: Debounce time =
512 μs
500 μs
Note: These values are based on a nominal oscillator
frequency of 8.2 MHz. Values are scaled to the actual
oscillator frequency.
00: Default mode for the DAC
01: DAC performance increased by increasing the current
10: Reserved
11: DAC performance increased further by increasing the current again
0: HPL output driver is programmed as headphone driver.
1: HPL output driver is programmed as lineout driver.
0: HPR output driver is programmed as headphone driver.
1: HPRoutput driver is programmed as lineout driver.
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
The clock used for the debounce has a clock period = debounce duration/8.
Page 1 / Register 45: Reserved
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6–D4
D3
R/W
R/W
000
0
D2
D1–D0
R/W
R/W
0
00
BIT
D7–D0
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Do not write to these registers.
Page 1 / Register 46: MICBIAS
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: Device software power down is not enabled.
1: Device software power down is enabled.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0: Programmed MICBIAS is not powered up if headset detection is enabled but headset is not inserted.
1: Programmed MICBIAS is powered up even if headset is not inserted.
Reserved. Write only zero to this bit.
00: MICBIAS output is powered down.
01: MICBIAS output is powered to 2 V.
10: MICBIAS output is powered to 2.5 V.
11: MICBIAS output is powered to AVDD.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
109
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Page 1 / Register 47: MIC PGA
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1
D6–D0
R/W
000 0000
BIT
DESCRIPTION
0: MIC PGA is controlled by bits D6–D0.
1: MIC PGA is at 0 dB.
000 0000: PGA = 0 dB
000 0001: PGA = 0.5 dB
000 0010: PGA = 1 dB
...
111 0110: PGA = 59 dB
111 0111: PGA = 59.5 dB
111 1000–111 1111: Reserved. Do not write these sequences to these bits.
Page 1 / Register 48: Delta-Sigma Mono ADC Channel Fine-Gain Input Selection for P-Terminal
D7–D6
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
D5–D4
R/W
00
D3–D2
R/W
00
D1–D0
R/W
00
BIT
(1)
(1)
DESCRIPTION
00: MIC1LP is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1LP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.
10: MIC1LP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.
11: MIC1LP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.
00: MIC1RP is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1RP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ
10: MIC1RP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ
11: MIC1RP is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ
00: MIC1LM is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ
10: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ
11: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Input impedance selection affects the microphone PGA gain. See the Analog Front End section for details.
Page 1 / Register 49: ADC Input Selection for M-Terminal
BIT
D7–D6
(1)
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
00
D5–D4
D3–D0
(1)
00
R/W
0000
DESCRIPTION
00: CM is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.
10: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.
11: CM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.
00: MIC1LM is not selected for the MIC PGA.
01: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 10 kΩ.
10: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 20 kΩ.
11: MIC1LM is selected for the MIC PGA with feed-forward resistance RIN = 40 kΩ.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
Input impedance selection affects the microphone PGA gain. See the Analog Front End section for details.
Page 1 / Register 50: Input CM Settings
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0
D6
R/W
0
D5
R/W
0
D4–D1
D0
R/W
R
0000
0
BIT
110
DESCRIPTION
0: MIC1LP input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
1: MIC1LP input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
0: MIC1RP input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
1: MIC1RP input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA and analog bypass.
0: MIC1LM input is floating, if it is not used for the MIC PGA.
1: MIC1LM input is connected to CM internally, if it is not used for the MIC PGA.
Reserved. Write only zeros to these bits.
0: Not all programmed analog gains to the ADC have been applied yet.
1: All programmed analog gains to the ADC have been applied.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Page 1 / Registers 51–127: Reserved
BIT
D7–D0
6.4
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
XXXX XXXX
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value to these bits.
Control Registers, Page 3: MCLK Divider for Programmable Delay Timer
Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.
Table 6-3. Page 3 / Register 0: Page Control Register
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Page 0 selected
Page 1 selected
Page 254 selected
Page 255 selected
The only register used in page 3 is register 16. The remaining page 3 registers are reserved and should
not be written to.
Table 6-4. Page 3 / Register 16: Timer Clock MCLK Divider
D7
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
1
D6–D0
R/W
000 0001
BIT
(1)
DESCRIPTION
0: Internal oscillator is used for programmable delay timer.
1: External MCLK (1) is used for programmable delay timer.
MCLK Divider to Generate 1-MHz Clock for the Programmable Delay Timer
000 0000: MCLK divider = 128
000 0001: MCLK divider = 1
000 0010: MCLK divider = 2
...
111 1110: MCLK divider = 126
111 1111: MCLK divider = 127
External clock is used only to control the delay programmed between the conversions and not used for doing the actual conversion. This
feature is provided in case a more accurate delay is desired since the internal oscillator frequency varies from device to device.
6.5
Control Registers, Page 4: ADC Digital Filter Coefficients
Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.
Page 4 / Register 0: Page Control Register
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Page 0 selected
Page 1 selected
Page 254 selected
Page 255 selected
The remaining page-4 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the
various filters in the TLV320AIC3100. Reserved registers should not be written to.
The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit
coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient
are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32,768 to 32,767. When
programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register should always be written first, immediately
followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both
registers should be written in this sequence. Table 6-5 is a list of the page 4 registers, excepting the
previously described register 0.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
111
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-5. Page-4 Registers
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
1
XXXX XXXX
2
0000 0001
8 MSBs of N0 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
3
0001 0111
8 LSBs of N0 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
4
0000 0001
8 MSBs of N1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
5
0001 0111
8 LSBs of N1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
6
0111 1101
8 MSBs of D1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
7
1101 0011
8 LSBs of D1 coefficient for AGC LPF (first-order IIR) used as averager to detect level
8
0111 1111
8 MSBs of N0 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
9
1111 1111
8 LSBs of N0 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
10
0000 0000
8 MSBs of N1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
11
0000 0000
8 LSBs of N1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
12
0000 0000
8 MSBs of D1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
13
0000 0000
8 LSBs of D1 coefficient for ADC-programmable first-order IIR
14
0111 1111
Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR0(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
15
1111 1111
Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR0(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
16
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR1(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
17
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR1(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
18
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR2(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
19
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR2(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
20
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR3(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
21
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR3(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
22
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR4(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
23
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad A or coefficient FIR4(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
24
0111 1111
Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR5(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
25
1111 1111
Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR5(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
26
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR6(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
27
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR6(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
28
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR7(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
29
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR7(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
30
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR8(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
31
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR8(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
32
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR9(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
33
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad B or coefficient FIR9(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
34
0111 1111
Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR10(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
35
1111 1111
Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR10(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
36
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR11(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
37
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR11(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
38
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR12(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
39
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR12(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
40
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR13(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
41
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR13(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
42
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR14(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
43
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad C or coefficient FIR14(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
44
0111 1111
Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR15(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
45
1111 1111
Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR15(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
46
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR16(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
112
REGISTER NAME
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 6-5. Page-4 Registers (continued)
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
47
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR16(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
48
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR17(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
49
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR17(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
50
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR18(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
51
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR18(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
52
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR19(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
53
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad D or coefficient FIR19(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
54
0111 1111
Coefficient N0(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR20(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
55
1111 1111
Coefficient N0(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR20(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
56
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR21(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
57
0000 0000
Coefficient N1(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR21(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
58
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR22(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
59
0000 0000
Coefficient N2(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR22(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
60
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR23(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
61
0000 0000
Coefficient D1(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR23(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
62
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(15:8) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR24(15:8) for ADC FIR filter
63
0000 0000
Coefficient D2(7:0) for ADC biquad E or coefficient FIR24(7:0) for ADC FIR filter
64-127
0000 0000
Reserved. Write only reset values.
6.6
REGISTER NAME
Control Registers, Page 8: DAC Digital Filter Coefficients
Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.
Page 8 / Register 0: Page Control Register
BIT
D7–D0
READ/
WRITE
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Page 0 selected
Page 1 selected
Page 254 selected
Page 255 selected
Page 8 / Register 1: DAC Coefficient Buffer Control
D7–D4
D3
D2
READ/
WRITE
R/W
R
R/W
RESET
VALUE
0000
0
0
D1
R
0
D0
R/W
0
BIT
DESCRIPTION
Reserved. Write only the reset value.
DAC PRB-generated flag for toggling MSB of coefficient RAM address (only used in non-adaptive mode)
DAC Adaptive Filtering Control
0: Adaptive filtering disabled in DAC processing blocks
1: Adaptive filtering enabled in DAC processing blocks
DAC Adaptive Filter Buffer Control Flag
0: In adaptive filter mode, DAC processing blocks accesses DAC coefficient buffer A and the external
control interface accesses DAC coefficient buffer B
1: In adaptive filter mode, DAC processing blocks accesses DAC coefficient buffer B and the external
control interface accesses DAC coefficient buffer A
DAC Adaptive Filter Buffer Switch Control
0: DAC coefficient buffers are not switched at the next frame boundary
1: DAC coefficient buffers are switched at the next frame boundary, if adaptive filtering mode is enabled.
This bit self-clears on switching.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
113
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
The remaining page-8 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the
various filters in the TLV320AIC3100. Reserved registers should not be written to.
The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit
coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient
are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32,768 to 32,767. When
programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register should always be written first, immediately
followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both
registers should be written in this sequence. Table 6-6 is a list of the page-8 registers, excepting the
previously described register 0 and register 1.
Table 6-6. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers
114
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
2
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
3
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
4
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
5
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
6
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
7
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
8
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
REGISTER NAME
9
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
10
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
11
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
12
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
13
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
14
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
15
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
16
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
17
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
18
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
19
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
20
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
21
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
22
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
23
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
24
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
25
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
26
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
27
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
28
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
29
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
30
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
31
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
32
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
33
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
34
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
35
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
36
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
37
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 6-6. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers (continued)
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
38
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
39
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
40
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
41
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
42
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
43
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
44
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
45
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
46
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
47
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
48
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
49
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
50
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
51
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
52
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
53
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
54
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
55
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
56
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
57
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
58
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
59
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
60
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
61
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
62
0000 0000
Reserved
63
0000 0000
Reserved
64
0000 0000
8 MSBs 3D PGA gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
65
0000 0000
8 LSBs 3D PGA gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
66
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
67
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
68
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
69
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
70
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
71
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
72
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
73
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
74
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
75
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
76
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
77
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
78
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
79
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
80
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
81
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
82
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
83
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
84
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
REGISTER NAME
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
115
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-6. Page-8 DAC Buffer A Registers (continued)
116
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
85
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
86
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
87
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
88
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
89
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
90
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
91
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
92
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
93
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
94
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
95
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
96
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
97
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
98
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
99
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
100
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
101
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
102
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
103
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
104
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
105
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
106
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
107
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
108
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
109
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
110
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
111
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
112
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
113
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
114
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
115
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
116
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
117
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
118
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
119
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
120
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
121
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
122
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
123
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
124
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
125
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
126
0000 0000
Reserved
127
0000 0000
Reserved
REGISTER NAME
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
6.7
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Control Registers, Page 9: DAC Digital Filter Coefficients
Default values shown for this page only become valid 100 μs following a hardware or software reset.
Page 9 / Register 0: Page Control Register
READ/
WRITE
R/W
BIT
D7–D0
RESET
VALUE
0000 0000
DESCRIPTION
0000 0000:
0000 0001:
...
1111 1110:
1111 1111:
Page 0 selected
Page 1 selected
Page 254 selected
Page 255 selected
The remaining page-9 registers are either reserved registers or are used for setting coefficients for the
various filters in the TLV320AIC3100. Reserved registers should not be written to.
The filter coefficient registers are arranged in pairs, with two adjacent 8-bit registers containing the 16-bit
coefficient for a single filter. The 16-bit integer contained in the MSB and LSB registers for a coefficient
are interpreted as a 2s-complement integer, with possible values ranging from –32,768 to 32,767. When
programming any coefficient value for a filter, the MSB register should always be written first, immediately
followed by the LSB register. Even if only the MSB or LSB portion of the coefficient changes, both
registers should be written in this sequence. Table 6-7 is a list of the page-9 registers, excepting the
previously described register 0.
Table 6-7. Page-9 DAC Buffer A Registers
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
1
XXXX XXXX
2
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
3
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
4
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
5
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
6
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
7
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
8
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
9
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
10
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
11
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
12
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
13
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
14
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
15
1111 0111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
16
1000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
17
0000 1001
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
18
0111 1111
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
19
1110 1111
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
20
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
21
0001 0001
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
22
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
23
0001 0001
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
24
0111 1111
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
25
1101 1110
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
26–127
0000 0000
Reserved
REGISTER NAME
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
117
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
6.8
www.ti.com
Control Registers, Page 12: DAC Programmable Coefficients Buffer B (1:63)
Table 6-8. Page-12 DAC Buffer B Registers
118
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
1
0000 0000
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
2
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
3
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
4
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
5
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
6
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
7
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
8
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
REGISTER NAME
9
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
10
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
11
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad A
12
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
13
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
14
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
15
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
16
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
17
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
18
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
19
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
20
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
21
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad B
22
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
23
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
24
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
25
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
26
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
27
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
28
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
29
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
30
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
31
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad C
32
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
33
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
34
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
35
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
36
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
37
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
38
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
39
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
40
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
41
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad D
42
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
43
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Table 6-8. Page-12 DAC Buffer B Registers (continued)
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
44
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
45
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
46
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
47
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
48
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
49
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
50
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
51
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad E
52
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
53
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
54
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
55
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
56
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
57
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
58
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
59
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
60
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
61
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for left DAC-programmable biquad F
62
0000 0000
Reserved
63
0000 0000
Reserved
64
0000 0000
8 MSBs 3D PGA gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
65
0000 0000
8 LSBs 3D PGA gain for PRB_P23, PRB_P24 and PRB_P25
66
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
67
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
68
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
69
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
70
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
71
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
72
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
73
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
74
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
75
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad A
76
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
77
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
78
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
79
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
80
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
81
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
82
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
83
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
84
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
85
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad B
86
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
87
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
88
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
89
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
90
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
REGISTER NAME
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
119
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Table 6-8. Page-12 DAC Buffer B Registers (continued)
120
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
91
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
92
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
93
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
94
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
95
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad C
96
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
97
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
98
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
99
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
100
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
101
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
102
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
103
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
104
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
105
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad D
106
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
107
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
108
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
109
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
110
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
111
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
112
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
113
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
114
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
115
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad E
116
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
117
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
118
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
119
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
120
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
121
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
122
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
123
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
124
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
125
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d2 coefficient for right DAC-programmable biquad F
126
0000 0000
Reserved
127
0000 0000
Reserved
REGISTER NAME
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
TLV320AIC3100
www.ti.com
6.9
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
Control Registers, Page 13: DAC Programmable Coefficients RAM Buffer B (65:127)
Table 6-9. Page-13 DAC Buffer B Registers
REGISTER
NUMBER
RESET VALUE
1
0000 0000
Reserved. Do not write to this register.
2
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
3
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
4
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
5
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
6
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
7
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for left DAC-programmable first-order IIR
8
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
REGISTER NAME
9
1111 1111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
10
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
11
0000 0000
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
12
0000 0000
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
13
0000 0000
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for right DAC-programmable first-order IIR
14
0111 1111
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
15
1111 0111
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
16
1000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
17
0000 1001
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
18
0111 1111
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
19
1110 1111
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order high-pass filter
20
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
21
0001 0001
8 LSBs of n0 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
22
0000 0000
8 MSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
23
0001 0001
8 LSBs of n1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
24
0111 1111
8 MSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
25
1101 1110
8 LSBs of d1 coefficient for DRC first-order low-pass filter
26–127
0000 0000
Reserved
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
121
TLV320AIC3100
SLAS667A – NOVEMBER 2009 – REVISED MAY 2012
www.ti.com
Revision History
NOTE: Page numbers for previous revisions may differ from page numbers in the current version.
Changes from Revision Original (November 2009) to Revision A
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
122
Page
Added PGA Gain table to Section 5.4.1 ...................................................................................... 27
Deleted Analog Volume Control ... (for D7 = 0) table; modified Analog Volume Control ... (for D7 = 1)
table .................................................................................................................................. 64
Added table note to Analog Volume Control table ......................................................................... 64
Changed page 0 /register 44 to page 1 / register 44 in Section 5.5.12.1 ............................................... 65
Changed max AOSR values in image from 1023, 1024 to 255 and 256. ............................................... 67
Added missing equations to the PLL section ............................................................................... 70
Added new Timer section ....................................................................................................... 71
Changed bits D1–D0 to Reserved in Page 0 / Register 44 ................................................................ 90
Added table note following Page 0 / Register 64 ........................................................................... 95
Removed extra character next to LSB in title of Page 0 / Register 75. ................................................ 98
Corrected values in Description column of Page 0 / Register 83 ....................................................... 99
Changed D0 = 1 to Reserved in Page 1 / Register 33 (0x21): HP Output Drivers POP Removal Settings .... 106
Added footnote to Page 1 / Register 40 (0x28): HPL Driver ............................................................ 108
Added footnote to Page 1 / Register 41 (0x29): HPR Driver ............................................................ 108
Deleted table note following Page 1 / Register 48 and Page 1 / Register 49 ........................................ 110
Deleted table note following Page 1 / Register 48 and Page 1 / Register 49 ........................................ 110
REGISTER MAP
Copyright © 2009–2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated
Submit Documentation Feedback
Product Folder Link(s): TLV320AIC3100
PACKAGE OPTION ADDENDUM
www.ti.com
26-Apr-2012
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Orderable Device
Status
(1)
Package Type Package
Drawing
Pins
Package Qty
Eco Plan
(2)
Lead/
Ball Finish
MSL Peak Temp
(3)
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR
ACTIVE
QFN
RHB
32
3000
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT
ACTIVE
QFN
RHB
32
250
Green (RoHS
& no Sb/Br)
CU NIPDAU Level-2-260C-1 YEAR
Samples
(Requires Login)
(1)
The marketing status values are defined as follows:
ACTIVE: Product device recommended for new designs.
LIFEBUY: TI has announced that the device will be discontinued, and a lifetime-buy period is in effect.
NRND: Not recommended for new designs. Device is in production to support existing customers, but TI does not recommend using this part in a new design.
PREVIEW: Device has been announced but is not in production. Samples may or may not be available.
OBSOLETE: TI has discontinued the production of the device.
(2)
Eco Plan - The planned eco-friendly classification: Pb-Free (RoHS), Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt), or Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br) - please check http://www.ti.com/productcontent for the latest availability
information and additional product content details.
TBD: The Pb-Free/Green conversion plan has not been defined.
Pb-Free (RoHS): TI's terms "Lead-Free" or "Pb-Free" mean semiconductor products that are compatible with the current RoHS requirements for all 6 substances, including the requirement that
lead not exceed 0.1% by weight in homogeneous materials. Where designed to be soldered at high temperatures, TI Pb-Free products are suitable for use in specified lead-free processes.
Pb-Free (RoHS Exempt): This component has a RoHS exemption for either 1) lead-based flip-chip solder bumps used between the die and package, or 2) lead-based die adhesive used between
the die and leadframe. The component is otherwise considered Pb-Free (RoHS compatible) as defined above.
Green (RoHS & no Sb/Br): TI defines "Green" to mean Pb-Free (RoHS compatible), and free of Bromine (Br) and Antimony (Sb) based flame retardants (Br or Sb do not exceed 0.1% by weight
in homogeneous material)
(3)
MSL, Peak Temp. -- The Moisture Sensitivity Level rating according to the JEDEC industry standard classifications, and peak solder temperature.
Important Information and Disclaimer:The information provided on this page represents TI's knowledge and belief as of the date that it is provided. TI bases its knowledge and belief on information
provided by third parties, and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of such information. Efforts are underway to better integrate information from third parties. TI has taken and
continues to take reasonable steps to provide representative and accurate information but may not have conducted destructive testing or chemical analysis on incoming materials and chemicals.
TI and TI suppliers consider certain information to be proprietary, and thus CAS numbers and other limited information may not be available for release.
In no event shall TI's liability arising out of such information exceed the total purchase price of the TI part(s) at issue in this document sold by TI to Customer on an annual basis.
Addendum-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
14-Jul-2012
TAPE AND REEL INFORMATION
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Package Pins
Type Drawing
SPQ
Reel
Reel
A0
Diameter Width (mm)
(mm) W1 (mm)
B0
(mm)
K0
(mm)
P1
(mm)
W
Pin1
(mm) Quadrant
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR
QFN
RHB
32
3000
330.0
12.4
5.3
5.3
1.5
8.0
12.0
Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR
QFN
RHB
32
3000
330.0
12.4
5.3
5.3
1.5
8.0
12.0
Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT
QFN
RHB
32
250
180.0
12.4
5.3
5.3
1.5
8.0
12.0
Q2
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT
QFN
RHB
32
250
180.0
12.4
5.3
5.3
1.5
8.0
12.0
Q2
Pack Materials-Page 1
PACKAGE MATERIALS INFORMATION
www.ti.com
14-Jul-2012
*All dimensions are nominal
Device
Package Type
Package Drawing
Pins
SPQ
Length (mm)
Width (mm)
Height (mm)
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR
QFN
RHB
32
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBR
QFN
RHB
32
3000
367.0
367.0
35.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT
QFN
RHB
32
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
TLV320AIC3100IRHBT
QFN
RHB
32
250
210.0
185.0
35.0
Pack Materials-Page 2
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Texas Instruments Incorporated and its subsidiaries (TI) reserve the right to make corrections, enhancements, improvements and other
changes to its semiconductor products and services per JESD46C and to discontinue any product or service per JESD48B. Buyers should
obtain the latest relevant information before placing orders and should verify that such information is current and complete. All
semiconductor products (also referred to herein as “components”) are sold subject to TI’s terms and conditions of sale supplied at the time
of order acknowledgment.
TI warrants performance of its components to the specifications applicable at the time of sale, in accordance with the warranty in TI’s terms
and conditions of sale of semiconductor products. Testing and other quality control techniques are used to the extent TI deems necessary
to support this warranty. Except where mandated by applicable law, testing of all parameters of each component is not necessarily
performed.
TI assumes no liability for applications assistance or the design of Buyers’ products. Buyers are responsible for their products and
applications using TI components. To minimize the risks associated with Buyers’ products and applications, Buyers should provide
adequate design and operating safeguards.
TI does not warrant or represent that any license, either express or implied, is granted under any patent right, copyright, mask work right, or
other intellectual property right relating to any combination, machine, or process in which TI components or services are used. Information
published by TI regarding third-party products or services does not constitute a license to use such products or services or a warranty or
endorsement thereof. Use of such information may require a license from a third party under the patents or other intellectual property of the
third party, or a license from TI under the patents or other intellectual property of TI.
Reproduction of significant portions of TI information in TI data books or data sheets is permissible only if reproduction is without alteration
and is accompanied by all associated warranties, conditions, limitations, and notices. TI is not responsible or liable for such altered
documentation. Information of third parties may be subject to additional restrictions.
Resale of TI components or services with statements different from or beyond the parameters stated by TI for that component or service
voids all express and any implied warranties for the associated TI component or service and is an unfair and deceptive business practice.
TI is not responsible or liable for any such statements.
Buyer acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for compliance with all legal, regulatory and safety-related requirements
concerning its products, and any use of TI components in its applications, notwithstanding any applications-related information or support
that may be provided by TI. Buyer represents and agrees that it has all the necessary expertise to create and implement safeguards which
anticipate dangerous consequences of failures, monitor failures and their consequences, lessen the likelihood of failures that might cause
harm and take appropriate remedial actions. Buyer will fully indemnify TI and its representatives against any damages arising out of the use
of any TI components in safety-critical applications.
In some cases, TI components may be promoted specifically to facilitate safety-related applications. With such components, TI’s goal is to
help enable customers to design and create their own end-product solutions that meet applicable functional safety standards and
requirements. Nonetheless, such components are subject to these terms.
No TI components are authorized for use in FDA Class III (or similar life-critical medical equipment) unless authorized officers of the parties
have executed a special agreement specifically governing such use.
Only those TI components which TI has specifically designated as military grade or “enhanced plastic” are designed and intended for use in
military/aerospace applications or environments. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any military or aerospace use of TI components
which have not been so designated is solely at the Buyer's risk, and that Buyer is solely responsible for compliance with all legal and
regulatory requirements in connection with such use.
TI has specifically designated certain components which meet ISO/TS16949 requirements, mainly for automotive use. Components which
have not been so designated are neither designed nor intended for automotive use; and TI will not be responsible for any failure of such
components to meet such requirements.
Products
Applications
Audio
www.ti.com/audio
Automotive and Transportation www.ti.com/automotive
Amplifiers
amplifier.ti.com
Communications and Telecom www.ti.com/communications
Data Converters
dataconverter.ti.com
Computers and Peripherals
www.ti.com/computers
DLP® Products
www.dlp.com
Consumer Electronics
www.ti.com/consumer-apps
DSP
dsp.ti.com
Energy and Lighting
www.ti.com/energy
Clocks and Timers
www.ti.com/clocks
Industrial
www.ti.com/industrial
Interface
interface.ti.com
Medical
www.ti.com/medical
Logic
logic.ti.com
Security
www.ti.com/security
Power Mgmt
power.ti.com
Space, Avionics and Defense
www.ti.com/space-avionics-defense
Microcontrollers
microcontroller.ti.com
Video and Imaging
www.ti.com/video
RFID
www.ti-rfid.com
OMAP Mobile Processors
www.ti.com/omap
TI E2E Community
e2e.ti.com
Wireless Connectivity
www.ti.com/wirelessconnectivity
Mailing Address: Texas Instruments, Post Office Box 655303, Dallas, Texas 75265
Copyright © 2012, Texas Instruments Incorporated